Table of Contents



UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
________________________________________
Form 10-K
________________________________________
(Mark One)
 
þ
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015
 
or
o
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the transition period from                to

Commission file number: 000-22339
________________________________________
RAMBUS INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
________________________________________
Delaware
94-3112828
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
 
 
1050 Enterprise Way, Suite 700
 
Sunnyvale, California
94089
(Address of principal executive offices)
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:
(408) 462-8000
________________________________________

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class
 
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, $.001 Par Value
 
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
 
 
(The NASDAQ Global Select Market)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
________________________________________

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes  þ      No  o

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes  o      No  þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  þ      No  o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  þ No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  þ
Accelerated filer  ¨
Non-accelerated filer  ¨
Smaller reporting company  ¨
 
 
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes  o      No  þ

The aggregate market value of the Registrant’s Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant as of June 30, 2015 was approximately $1.5 billion based upon the closing price reported for such date on The NASDAQ Global Select Market. For purposes of this disclosure, shares of Common Stock held by officers and directors of the Registrant and persons that may be deemed to be affiliates under the Act have been excluded. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

The number of outstanding shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock, $.001 par value, was 109,514,426 as of January 29, 2016 .

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Certain information is incorporated into Part III of this report by reference to the Proxy Statement for the Registrant’s annual meeting of stockholders to be held on or about April 21, 2016 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Form 10-K.





Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
 

 
 




Table of Contents

NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Annual Report”) contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These forward-looking statements include, without limitation, predictions regarding the following aspects of our future:
Success in the markets of our products and services or our customers’ products;
Sources of competition;
Research and development costs and improvements in technology;
Sources, amounts and concentration of revenue, including royalties;
Success in signing and renewing license agreements;
Terms of our licenses and amounts owed under license agreements;
Technology product development;
Dispositions, acquisitions, mergers or strategic transactions and our related integration efforts, including our recent acquisition of Smart Card Software Ltd.;
Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets;
Pricing policies of our customers;
Changes in our strategy and business model, including the expansion of our portfolio of inventions, products and solutions to address additional markets in lighting, chip and system security;
Deterioration of financial health of commercial counterparties and their ability to meet their obligations to us;
Effects of security breaches or failures in our or our customers’ products and services on our business;
Engineering, sales and general and administration expenses;
Contract revenue;
Operating results;
International licenses and operations;
Effects of changes in the economy and credit market on our industry and business;
Ability to identify, attract, motivate and retain qualified personnel;
Effects of government regulations on our industry and business;
Manufacturing and supply partners and/or sale and distribution channels;
Growth in our business;
Methods, estimates and judgments in accounting policies;
Adoption of new accounting pronouncements;
Effective tax rates;
Restructurings and plans of termination;
Realization of deferred tax assets/release of deferred tax valuation allowance;
Trading price of our common stock;
Internal control environment;
The level and terms of our outstanding debt and the repayment or financing of such debt;
Litigation expenses;
Protection of intellectual property;
Any changes in laws, agency actions and judicial rulings that may impact the ability to enforce intellectual property rights;
Indemnification and technical support obligations;
Equity repurchase plans;
Issuances of debt or equity securities, which could involve restrictive covenants or be dilutive to our existing stockholders;

2

Table of Contents

Outcome and effect of potential future intellectual property litigation and other significant litigation; and
Likelihood of paying dividends.
You can identify these and other forward-looking statements by the use of words such as “may,” “future,” “shall,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “intends,” “potential,” “continue,” “projecting” or the negative of such terms, or other comparable terminology. Forward-looking statements also include the assumptions underlying or relating to any of the foregoing statements.
Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under Item 1A, “Risk Factors.” All forward-looking statements included in this document are based on our assessment of information available to us at this time. We assume no obligation to update any forward-looking statements.


3

Table of Contents


PART I
Rambus, RDRAM TM , XDR TM , FlexIO TM , FlexPhase TM , R+ TM , CryptoFirewall TM , and MicroLens ® are trademarks, registered trademarks or copyrights of Rambus Inc. Other trademarks or copyrights that may be mentioned in this annual report on Form 10-K are the property of their respective owners.
Industry terminology, used widely throughout this annual report, has been abbreviated and, as such, these abbreviations are defined below for your convenience:
Differential Power Analysis
DPA
Double Data Rate
DDR
Dynamic Random Access Memory
DRAM
Field Programmable Gate Arrays
FPGA
Light Emitting Diodes
LED
Rambus Dynamic Random Access Memory
RDRAM TM
Simple Power Analysis
SPA
eXtreme Data Rate
XDR TM
On occasion we will refer to the abbreviated names of certain entities and, as such, have provided a chart to indicate the full names of those entities for your convenience.
Advanced Micro Devices Inc.
AMD
Broadcom Corporation
Broadcom
Cryptography Research Division
CRD
Eaton Corporation plc
Eaton
Elpida Memory, Inc.
Elpida
Emerging Solutions Division
ESD
Freescale Semiconductor Inc.
Freescale
Fujitsu Limited
Fujitsu
General Electric Company
GE
Intel Corporation
Intel
International Business Machines Corporation
IBM
Lighting and Display Technology
LDT
LSI Corporation (now a division of Avago Technologies Limited)
LSI
Memory and Interfaces Division
MID
Micron Technology, Inc.
Micron
Mobile Technology Division
MTD
Nanya Technology Corporation
Nanya
NVIDIA Corporation
NVIDIA
Qualcomm Incorporated
Qualcomm
Panasonic Corporation
Panasonic
Renesas Electronics
Renesas
Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
Samsung
SK hynix, Inc.
SK hynix
Sony Computer Electronics
Sony
ST Microelectronics N.V.
STMicroelectronics
Toshiba Corporation
Toshiba


4

Table of Contents

Item 1.
Business
Rambus Inc., referred to as we, us or Rambus, was founded in 1990 and reincorporated in Delaware in March 1997. Our principal executive offices are located at 1050 Enterprise Way, Suite 700, Sunnyvale, California. Our website is www.rambus.com. You can obtain copies of our Forms 10-K, 10-Q, 8-K, and other filings with the SEC, and all amendments to these filings, free of charge, from our website as soon as reasonably practicable following our filing of any of these reports with the SEC. In addition, you may read and copy any material we file with the SEC at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street NE, Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy, and information statements, and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov.
Rambus creates cutting-edge semiconductor and IP products, spanning memory and interfaces to security, smart sensors and lighting. Our chips, customizable IP cores, architecture licenses, tools, services, software, training and innovations improve the competitive advantage of our customers. We collaborate with the industry, partnering with leading ASIC and SoC designers, foundries, IP developers, EDA companies and validation labs. Our products are integrated into tens of billions of devices and systems, powering and securing diverse applications, including Big Data, Internet of Things (IoT), mobile, consumer and media platforms. We generate revenue by licensing our inventions and solutions, selling our semiconductor products and providing services to market-leading companies.
While we have historically focused our efforts on the development of technologies for electronics memory and chip interfaces, we have expanded our portfolio of inventions and solutions to address additional markets in lighting, chip and system security, as well as new areas within the semiconductor industry, such as computational sensing and imaging. We intend to continue our growth into new technology fields, consistent with our mission to create great value through our innovations and to make those technologies available through both our licensing and non-licensing business models. Key to our efforts will be hiring and retaining world-class inventors, scientists, engineers, and product managers to lead the development of inventions and technology solutions for our fields of focus, and the management and business support personnel necessary to execute our plans and strategies.
We have four operational units: (1) Memory and Interfaces Division, or MID, which focuses on the design, development and licensing of technology that is related to memory and interfaces; (2) Cryptography Research Division, or CRD, which focuses on the design, development and licensing of technologies for chip and system security, anti-counterfeiting, smart ticketing and mobile payments; (3) Emerging Solutions Division, or ESD, which includes our computational sensing and imaging group along with our development efforts in the area of emerging technologies; and (4) Lighting and Display Technologies, or LDT, which focuses on the design, development and licensing of technologies for lighting.
Our inventions and technology solutions are offered to our customers through patent licenses, technology licenses, software licenses and the shipment of products. Royalties from patent licenses accounted for 84%, 88% and 92% of our consolidated revenue for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Royalties from technology licenses accounted for 5%, 4% and 5% of our consolidated revenue for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Today, a majority of our revenues are derived from patent licenses, through which we provide our customers a license to use a certain portion of our broad portfolio of patented inventions. The license provides our customers with a defined right to use our innovations in the customer's own digital electronics products, systems or services, as applicable. The licenses may also define the specific field of use where our customers may use or employ our inventions in their products. License agreements are structured with fixed, variable or a hybrid of fixed and variable royalty payments over certain defined periods ranging for periods of up to ten years. The majority of our intellectual property was developed in-house and we have expanded our business strategy of monetizing our intellectual property to include the sale of select intellectual property. As any sales executed under this expanded strategy represent a component of our ongoing major or central operations and activities, we will record the related proceeds as revenue.
Our Strategy
Our strategy is to evolve from providing primarily patent licenses to providing additional technology, products and services while creating and leveraging strategic synergies to increase revenue. One of our goals is to supplement our patent licensing business with additional licensing opportunities for our technologies, products and services to be incorporated into our customers’ products and/or systems. Our technology licenses are designed to support the implementation and adoption of our technology into our customers’ products or services. As part of these offerings, we can provide a range of services that can include access to technical experts, advanced system design and analysis, hardware and software to enhance design and validation, system IP and specifications, and process-specific hard and soft macros, along with other services. These technology license agreements may have both a fixed price (non-recurring) component and ongoing royalties. Further, under technology

5



licenses, our customers typically receive licenses to our patents necessary to implement these solutions in their products with specific rights and restrictions to the applicable patents elaborated in their individual contracts with us.
In 2015, we continued our focus on the development of innovative technology and furthering open and collaborative relationships with the broader industry. We signed or renewed license agreements with IBM, Renesas, SK hynix, and Toshiba. In addition, we announced our first physical product with the introduction of the R+ DDR4 server DIMM chip for RDIMMs and LRDIMMs and, in January 2016, acquired an advanced mobile payment platform and smart ticketing platform which we believe will complement our existing CRD product offerings such as CryptoManager. We also unveiled a research program entitled the Smart Data Acceleration (SDA) platform.
We believe that the successful execution of our strategy requires an exceptional business model that relies on the skills and talent of our employees. Accordingly, we seek to hire and retain world-class scientific and engineering expertise in all of our fields of technological focus, as well as the executive management and operating personnel required to successfully execute our business strategy. In order to attract the quality of employees required for this business model, we have created an environment and culture that encourages, fosters and supports research, development and innovation in breakthrough technologies with significant opportunities for broad industry adoption. We believe we have created a compelling company for inventors and innovators who are able to work within a business model and platform that focuses on technology development and execution to drive strong future growth.
Design and Manufacturing
Our technology solutions are developed with high-volume commercial manufacturing processes in mind. Our solutions can be delivered in a number of ways, from reference designs to full turnkey custom development deliverables to physical products through our manufacturing partners. A reference design engagement might include an architectural specification, data sheet, theory of operation and implementation guides. A custom development project would entail a specific design implementation optimized for the customer's manufacturing process. In some cases, we may provide supply chain enablement services where we assist our customers in designing and establishing certain manufacturing processes to implement our technologies in their product offerings. We often develop test-chips of our designs and have begun the process to deliver our solutions to the market through physical product.
Background
The demand for increased performance and improved power efficiency in computers, tablets, smartphones, consumer electronics and other electronic systems rises dramatically with each passing year. Semiconductor and system designers face key challenges in sustaining the pace of innovation. We strive to offer compelling technologies that provide value to our customers.
Memory and Interfaces
There are four main areas of focus in our Memory and Interface Division: mobile memory, server-based memory, serial link designs, and custom solutions. The primary markets for these technologies include: (1) DRAM devices; (2) NAND devices; (3) System-on-Chip (SoC) devices; (4) silicon physical IP; and (5) memory buffer chips. In these markets, memory technology transitions, serial link transitions and SoC microarchitecture transitions or overall process technology node transitions provide opportunities. Since battery technology improves modestly over time, mobile device designers face challenges in adding increased functionality and higher performance with only small increases in power budget. For plug-in systems, there is a strong desire to reduce power consumption for both economic and environmental reasons while still providing increased computing capability and more visually compelling displays. At the chip level, it becomes increasingly difficult to maintain signal integrity and power efficiency as data transfer speeds rise to support more powerful, multi-core processors.
To address these challenges and enable the continued improvement of electronics systems, ongoing innovation is required. The many contributions and patented innovations developed by Rambus scientists and engineers have been, and continue to be, critical in addressing some of the most difficult chip and system challenges. The foundations of MID are world-class memory architectures and high-performance serial link technologies that are brought to market through three main business initiatives: (1) patent licensing; (2) silicon IP core licensing; and (3) memory buffer chips.
We have developed technologies, advanced designs, and development tools for building high-performance and low-power memory and serial-link interface cores for semiconductor chips. We develop both proprietary and industry-standard interfaces that we provide to our customers under technology license agreements. We also offer a range of services as part of our technology licenses which can include know-how and technology transfer, product design and development, system integration, and other services. We offer a set of solutions under the name R+ TM enhanced standard solutions. Fully compatible with industry standards, R+ solutions offer compelling benefits that enable our customers to differentiate their products. We recently announced the R+ DDR4 Server DIMM chip, the RCD26, which is designed to enable top-of-the-line performance and capacity

6



with optimized power efficiency to advance critical data center and enterprise server infrastructure.  We focus our resources and effort to help bring products to market under technology license agreements with leading companies in the industry as well as our Rambus-branded buffer chip product that is currently under development and not yet commercially available.
Chip and System Security Technology
Security challenges are increasingly prevalent in a multitude of industries, including high-growth sectors such as mobile and content distribution, providing a variety of opportunities for our security technologies and services. This market trend provides us with the opportunity to provide critical technologies, and we are deploying and developing products to enable us to achieve this objective. Through our Cryptography Research Division, we own a portfolio of patented inventions and technology solutions that are needed for creating secure tamper-resistant electronic devices and systems. These patented DPA countermeasures are critical in protecting devices against side channel attacks such as differential power analysis, which involve monitoring the variations in power consumption or electromagnetic emissions of a device. In addition, our hardware-based cores provide a robust hardware-based solution to protect electronics systems from side-channel attacks, counterfeiting, piracy, and other forms of attack.
For DPA countermeasures, our business model is to provide a combination of patent licenses, technology, consulting services (training, evaluation, and design), and test equipment as well as DPA resistant cores and software libraries. We are recognized worldwide for our expertise in this area, and our strategy is to strengthen our offering beyond stand-alone patent licensing. We discovered the existence of SPA and DPA vulnerabilities in the 1990s, and patented the fundamental techniques for preventing against this method of attack. DPA protections are a critical security ingredient in tamper-resistant products, and are important or required for a broad range of applications and devices (including smart cards, mobile devices, FPGAs, government/defense applications, consumer set-top boxes, postage meters and security tokens).
In addition to the DPA countermeasures portfolio, we have developed technologies, expertise, advanced designs, and development tools for building highly secure cryptographic semiconductor cores. We have successfully deployed our semiconductor cores in two primary application areas where effective security is valued and paid for by customers: content protection and anti-counterfeiting. For our content protection cores, our most common business model is to partner with chip manufacturers to integrate our technology, and then license it to downstream customers.
Secure Foundation for Connected Devices
In 2014, we introduced the Rambus CryptoManager™ feature management platform from our Cryptography Research Division. As connected products, including mobile phones and Internet of Things (IoT) devices, have a critical need for security, a robust security system is critical. Robust security starts with the design of the SoC and continues with the manufacturing supply chain. The Rambus CryptoManager™ solution brings revolutionary security improvements to the semiconductor chips and supply chains that enable our mobile world.
The CryptoManager platform provides chip and device companies with an advanced hardware root-of-trust for their SoCs, as well as an Infrastructure Suite for end-to-end security throughout the SoC design and manufacturing process. The CryptoManager platform has been developed with a services-based architecture that enables a secure, two-way communication channel across the manufacturing stages. This fully integrated solution is built on a foundation that simplifies, automates, and reduces costs for global enterprise IT, manufacturing, and operations functions. The platform is designed to support the enablement of in-field provisioning and downstream services, such as media, ticketing and mobile payments.
In addition, as a result of the acquisition of Smart Card Software Ltd. (“Smart Card Software”) in January 2016, we will incorporate Smart Card Software’s advanced mobile payment platform and smart ticketing platform into CRD. Bell ID, one division of Smart Card Software, provides banks, governments and enterprises with the ability to issue and manage credentials on smartphones, smart cards and other connected devices. The Bell ID technology supports all of the leading mobile payment platforms via host card emulation technology. Ecebs, the second division of Smart Card Software, provides smart card solutions to national and local governments, transport operators, banks and system integrators. Ecebs is known for its smart ticketing solutions that is compliant with the ITSO standard in the United Kingdom and is working to expand in the broader European Union.
Lighting and Display Technology
The continued evolution of LED as a bright, reliable and energy-efficient light source creates significant market opportunities in consumer electronics and in general lighting. Harnessing the benefits of LEDs, however, presents a new set of challenges for companies that offer and provide electronics and lighting products and solutions. Our technology allows customers to efficiently and uniformly spread the point source of light emitted from an LED over a large area in a very cost effective way. Moreover, we can control and direct the emitted light to improve the overall product performance or application efficiency. This technology enables class-leading price/performance and freedom of design in the general lighting field. We

7



believe our patented technology, software and know-how, which enables precise placement of MicroLens® optics on light guides, provides our customers with a fundamental competitive advantage over alternative products in the market. We continue to focus resources and effort to help our customers bring new products to market under technology license agreements. Our business model is a blend of patent and technology licensing, product sales and services to help bring innovative products to market.
Research and Development and Employees
Our ability to compete in the future will be substantially dependent on our ability to develop key innovations that meet the future needs of a dynamic market. To this end, we have assembled a team of highly skilled inventors, engineers and scientists whose activities are focused on continually developing new innovations within our chosen technology fields. Using this foundation of innovations, our technical teams develop new solutions that enable increased performance, greater power efficiency, increased levels of security, as well as other improvements and benefits. Our solution design and development process is a multi-disciplinary effort requiring expertise in multiple fields across all of our operational units.
As of December 31, 2015, we had approximately 330 employees in our engineering departments, representing 67% of our total number of approximately 495 employees. None of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements. As noted, we believe our future success is dependent on our continued ability to identify, attract, motivate and retain qualified personnel. To date, we believe that we have been successful in recruiting qualified employees and that our relationship with our employees is good.
A significant number of our scientists and engineers spend all or a portion of their time on research and development. For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, research and development expenses were $111.1 million, $110.0 million and $118.0 million, respectively, including stock-based compensation of approximately $6.8 million, $7.2 million and $6.6 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, research and development expenses also included $1.5 million and $8.6 million, respectively, for the accrual of retention bonuses for engineers. There was no accrual for retention bonuses for engineers as of December 31, 2015. Since innovation is critical to our future success, we expect to continue to invest substantial funds in research and development activities. In addition, because our customer agreements often call for us to provide engineering support, a portion of our total engineering costs are allocated to the cost of contract revenue.
Competition
Our selected industries are intensely competitive and have been impacted by price erosion, rapid technological change, short product life cycles, cyclical market patterns and increasing foreign and domestic competition. We face competition from semiconductor and digital electronics products and systems companies, other semiconductor intellectual property companies that provide security cores and non-edge lit LED lighting options that are available to the market.
We believe the principal competition for our technologies may come from our prospective customers, some of whom are evaluating and developing products based on technologies that they contend or may contend will not require a license from us. Some of our competitors use a system-level design approach similar to ours, including activities such as board and package design, power and signal integrity analysis, and thermal management. Many of these companies are larger and may have better access to financial, technical and other resources than we possess.
To the extent that alternatives might provide comparable system performance at lower or similar cost to our technologies, or are perceived to require the payment of no or lower royalties, or to the extent other factors influence the industry, our customers and prospective customers may adopt and promote alternative technologies. Even to the extent we determine that such alternative technologies infringe our patents, there can be no assurance that we would be able to negotiate agreements that would result in royalties being paid to us without litigation, which could be costly and the results of which would be uncertain. In the past, litigation has been and in the future may be required to enforce and protect our intellectual property rights, as well as the substantial investments undertaken to research and develop our innovations and technologies.
Patents and Intellectual Property Protection
We maintain and support an active program to protect our intellectual property, primarily through the filing of patent applications and the defense of issued patents against infringement. As of December 31, 2015, our semiconductor, lighting, security and other technologies are covered by 1,832 U.S. and foreign patents, having expiration dates ranging from 2016 to 2038. Additionally, we have 681 patent applications pending. Some of the patents and pending patent applications are derived from a common parent patent application or are foreign counterpart patent applications. We believe our patented innovations provide our customers with the ability to achieve improved performance, lower risk, greater cost-effectiveness and other benefits in their products and services.

8



We have a program to file applications for and obtain patents in the United States and in selected foreign countries where we believe filing for such protection is appropriate and would further our overall business strategy and objectives. In some instances, obtaining appropriate levels of protection may involve prosecuting continuation and counterpart patent applications based on a common parent application. In addition, we attempt to protect our trade secrets and other proprietary information through agreements with current and prospective customers, and confidentiality agreements with employees and consultants and other security measures. We also rely on copyright, trademarks and trade secret laws to protect our intellectual property.
Information concerning revenue, results of operations and revenue by geographic area is set forth in Item 6, “Selected Financial Data,” in Item 7, “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and in Note 6, “Segments and Major Customers,” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Form 10-K, all of which are incorporated herein by reference. Information concerning identifiable assets and segment reporting is also set forth in Note 6, “Segments and Major Customers,” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Form 10-K. Information on customers that comprise 10% or more of our consolidated revenue and risks attendant to our foreign operations is set forth below in Item 1A, “Risk Factors .”
Item 1A.
Risk Factors
RISK FACTORS
Because of the following factors, as well as other variables affecting our operating results, past financial performance may not be a reliable indicator of future performance, and historical trends should not be used to anticipate results or trends in future periods. See also “Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” at the beginning of this report.
Risks Associated With Our Business, Industry and Market Conditions
The success of our business depends on sustaining or growing our licensing revenue and the failure to achieve such revenue would lead to a material decline in our results of operations.
Our revenue consists mainly of patent and technology license fees paid for access to our patents, developed technology and development and support services provided to our customers. Our ability to secure and renew the licenses from which our revenues are derived depends on our customers adopting our technology and using it in the products they sell. Once secured, license revenue may be negatively affected by factors within and outside our control, including reductions in our customers’ sales prices, sales volumes, our failure to timely complete engineering deliverables, and the terms of such licenses. In addition, we cannot provide any assurance that we will be successful in renewing existing license agreements on equal or favorable terms or at all. As an example, for the year ended December 31, 2015, our revenue attributable to royalties declined 3.4% from the year ended December 31, 2014. If we do not achieve our revenue goals, our results of operations could decline.
We have traditionally operated in, and may enter other, industries that are highly cyclical and competitive.
Our target customers are companies that develop and market high volume business and consumer products in semiconductors, computing, tablets, handheld devices, mobile applications, gaming and graphics, high-definition televisions and displays, general lighting, cryptography and data security. The electronics industry is intensely competitive and has been impacted by price erosion, rapid technological change, short product life cycles, cyclical market patterns and increasing foreign and domestic competition. We are subject to many risks beyond our control that influence whether or not we are successful in winning target customers or retaining existing customers, including, primarily, competition in a particular industry, market acceptance of such customers' products and the financial resources of such customers. In particular, DRAM manufacturers, which make up a significant part of our revenue, have suffered material losses and other adverse effects to their businesses, leading to industry consolidation from time-to-time that may result in loss of revenues under our existing license agreements or loss of target customers. As a result of ongoing competition in the industries in which we operate and volatility in various economies around the world, we may achieve a reduced number of licenses or may experience tightening of customers' operating budgets, difficulty or inability of our customers to pay our licensing fees, lengthening of the approval process for new licenses and consolidation among our customers. All of these factors may adversely affect the demand for our technology and may cause us to experience substantial fluctuations in our operating results.
We face competition from semiconductor and digital electronics products and systems companies, other semiconductor intellectual property companies that provide security cores and non-edge lit LED lighting options that are available to the market. We believe the principal competition for our technologies may come from our prospective customers, some of whom are evaluating and developing products based on technologies that they contend or may contend will not require a license from us. Some of our competitors use a system-level design approach similar to ours, including activities such as board and package design, power and signal integrity analysis, and thermal management. Many of these companies are larger and may have better access to financial, technical and other resources than we possess.

9

Table of Contents

To the extent that alternatives might provide comparable system performance at lower or similar cost to our technologies, or are perceived to require the payment of no or lower royalties, or to the extent other factors influence the industry, our customers and prospective customers may adopt and promote alternative technologies. Even to the extent we determine that such alternative technologies infringe our patents, there can be no assurance that we would be able to negotiate agreements that would result in royalties being paid to us without litigation, which could be costly and the results of which would be uncertain.
In addition, our expansion into new markets subjects us to additional risks. We may have limited or no experience in new products and markets, including our recently announced buffer chip set, our CryptoManager platform and new offerings that will result from our acquisition of Smart Card Software in the mobile credential and smart card solution spaces, and our customers may not adopt our new offerings. These and other new offerings may present new and difficult challenges, which could negatively affect our operating results.

We may have to invest more resources in research and development than anticipated, which could increase our operating expenses and negatively impact our operating results.
If new competitors, technological advances by existing competitors, and/or development of new technologies or other competitive factors require us to invest significantly greater resources than anticipated in our research and development efforts, our operating expenses could increase. If we are required to invest significantly greater resources than anticipated in research and development efforts without an increase in revenue, our operating results would decline. We expect these expenses to increase in the foreseeable future as our technology development efforts continue.
Our revenue is concentrated in a few customers, and if we lose any of these customers through contract terminations or acquisitions, our revenue may decrease substantially.
We have a high degree of revenue concentration. Our top five customers represented approximately 65% and 62% of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. For both of the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, revenues from Micron, Samsung and SK hynix each accounted for 10% or more of our total revenue in each year. We extended our license agreement with Samsung in December 2013, and we expect Samsung to continue to account for a significant portion of our licensing revenue. We also entered into settlement agreements with each of SK hynix and Micron (which included Elpida, which Micron had acquired in July 2013) in June 2013 and December 2013, respectively. In June 2015, we also extended our license agreement with SK hynix. As a result of the renewal and such settlements, we expect each of Samsung, SK hynix and Micron to account for a significant portion of our licensing revenue in the future. We expect to continue to experience significant revenue concentration for the foreseeable future.
In addition, our license agreements are complex and some contain terms that require us to provide certain customers with the lowest royalty rate that we provide to other customers for similar technologies, volumes and schedules. These clauses may limit our ability to effectively price differently among our customers, to respond quickly to market forces, or otherwise to compete on the basis of price. These clauses may also require us to reduce royalties payable by existing customers when we enter into or amend agreements with other customers. Any adjustment that reduces royalties from current customers or licensees may have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.
We continue to negotiate with customers and prospective customers to enter into license agreements. Any future agreement may trigger our obligation to offer comparable terms or modifications to agreements with our existing customers, which may be less favorable to us than the existing license terms. We expect licensing fees will continue to vary based on our success in renewing existing license agreements and adding new customers, as well as the level of variation in our customers' reported shipment volumes, sales price and mix, offset in part by the proportion of customer payments that are fixed. In particular, under our license agreement with Samsung, the license fees payable by Samsung are subject to certain adjustments and conditions, and we therefore cannot provide assurances that the revenues generated by this license will not decline in the future. In addition, some of our material license agreements may contain rights by the customer to terminate for convenience, or upon certain other events, such as change of control, material breach, insolvency or bankruptcy proceedings. If we are unsuccessful in entering into license agreements with new customers or renewing license agreements with existing customers, on favorable terms or at all, or if they are terminated, our results of operations may decline significantly.
Our business and operations could suffer in the event of security breaches.
Attempts by others to gain unauthorized access to our information technology systems are becoming more sophisticated. These attempts, which might be related to industrial or other espionage, include covertly introducing malware to our computers and networks and impersonating authorized users, among others. We seek to detect and investigate all security incidents and to prevent their recurrence, but in some cases, we might be unaware of an incident or its magnitude and effects. While we have not identified any material incidents of unauthorized access to date, the theft, unauthorized use or publication of our intellectual

10

Table of Contents

property and/or confidential business information could harm our competitive position and reputation, reduce the value of our investment in research and development and other strategic initiatives or otherwise adversely affect our business. To the extent that any future security breach results in inappropriate disclosure of our customers' confidential information, we may incur liability.
Failures in our products and services or in the products of our customers, including those resulting from security vulnerabilities, defects, bugs or errors, could harm our business.
Our products and services are highly technical and complex, and among our various businesses our products and services are crucial to providing security, payment and other critical functions for our customers’ operations. Our products and services have from time to time contained and may in the future contain undetected errors, bugs defects or other security vulnerabilities. Some errors in our products and services may only be discovered after a product or service has been deployed and used by customers, and may in some cases only be detected under certain circumstances or after extended use. In addition, because the techniques used by hackers to access or sabotage our products and services and other technologies change and evolve frequently and generally are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate, detect or prevent these techniques and may not address them in our data security technologies. Any errors, bugs, defects or security vulnerabilities discovered in our solutions after commercial release could adversely affect our revenue, our customer relationships and the market's perception of our products and services. We may not be able to correct any errors, bugs, defects, security flaws or vulnerabilities promptly, or at all. Any breaches, defects, errors or vulnerabilities in our products and services could result in:

expenditure of significant financial and research and development resources in efforts to analyze, correct, eliminate or work around breaches, errors, bugs or defects or to address and eliminate vulnerabilities;
financial liability to customers for breach of certain contract provisions, including indemnification obligations;
loss of existing or potential customers;
delayed or lost revenue;
delay or failure to attain market acceptance;
negative publicity, which would harm our reputation; and
litigation, regulatory inquiries or investigations that would be costly and harm our reputation.
Some of our revenue is subject to the pricing policies of our customers over whom we have no control.
We have no control over our customers' pricing of their products and there can be no assurance that licensed products will be competitively priced or will sell in significant volumes. Any premium charged by our customers in the price of memory and controller chips or other products over alternatives must be reasonable. If the benefits of our technology do not match the price premium charged by our customers, the resulting decline in sales of products incorporating our technology could harm our operating results.
Our licensing cycle is lengthy and costly, and our marketing and licensing efforts may be unsuccessful.
The process of persuading customers to adopt and license our chip interface, lighting, data security, and other technologies can be lengthy.  Even if successful, there can be no assurance that our technologies will be used in a product that is ultimately brought to market, achieves commercial acceptance or results in significant royalties to us. We generally incur significant marketing and sales expenses prior to entering into our license agreements, generating a license fee and establishing a royalty stream from each customer. The length of time it takes to establish a new licensing relationship can take many months or even years. We may incur costs in any particular period before any associated revenue stream begins, if at all. If our marketing and sales efforts are very lengthy or unsuccessful, then we may face a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations as a result of failure to obtain or an undue delay in obtaining royalties.
Future revenue is difficult to predict for several reasons, and our failure to predict revenue accurately may result in our stock price declining.
Our lengthy license negotiation cycles could make our future revenue difficult to predict because we may not be successful in entering into licenses with our customers on our anticipated timelines.
In addition, while some of our license agreements provide for fixed, quarterly royalty payments, many of our license agreements provide for volume-based royalties, and may also be subject to caps on royalties in a given period. The sales volume and prices of our customers' products in any given period can be difficult to predict. As a result, our actual results may differ substantially from analyst estimates or our forecasts in any given quarter.
Furthermore, a portion of our revenue comes from development and support services provided to our customers. Depending upon the nature of the services, a portion of the related revenue may be recognized ratably over the support period, or may be

11

Table of Contents

recognized according to contract revenue accounting. Contract revenue accounting may result in deferral of the service fees to the completion of the contract, or may result in the recognition of service fees over the period in which services are performed on a percentage-of-completion basis.
We may not be successful in entering into new markets, and our new product offerings, such as our recently announced buffer chip set, our CryptoManager platform and new offerings in the mobile credential and smart card solution spaces, may not be adopted. In addition, once we commercially launch our products, the sales volume of such products in any given period will be difficult to predict.

We may fail to meet our publicly announced guidance or other expectations about our business, which would likely cause our stock price to decline.
We provide guidance regarding our expected financial and business performance including our anticipated future revenues and operating expenses. Correctly identifying the key factors affecting business conditions and predicting future events is inherently an uncertain process.
Such guidance may not always be accurate or may vary from actual results due to our inability to meet our assumptions and the impact on our financial performance that could occur as a result of the various risks and uncertainties to our business as set forth in these risk factors. We offer no assurance that such guidance will ultimately be accurate, and investors should treat any such guidance with appropriate caution. If we fail to meet our guidance or if we find it necessary to revise such guidance, even if such failure or revision is seemingly insignificant, investors and analysts may lose confidence in us and the market value of our common stock could be materially adversely affected.
We have in the past made and may in the future make acquisitions or enter into mergers, strategic investments, sales of assets or other arrangements that may not produce expected operating and financial results.
From time to time, we engage in acquisitions, strategic transactions and strategic investments, such as our acquisition of Smart Card Software in January 2016. Many of our acquisitions or strategic investments entail a high degree of risk, including those involving new areas of technology and such investments may not become liquid for several years after the date of the investment, if at all. Our acquisitions or strategic investments may not provide the advantages that we anticipated or generate the financial returns we expect, we may discover unidentified issues not discovered in due diligence, and we may be subject to liabilities that either are not covered by indemnification protection we may obtain or become subject to litigation. Achieving the anticipated benefits of business acquisitions depends in part upon our ability to integrate the acquired businesses in an efficient and effective manner. The integration of companies that have previously operated independently may result in significant challenges, including, among others: retaining key employees; successfully integrating new employees, business systems and technology; retaining customers of the acquired business; minimizing the diversion of management's and other employees’ attention from ongoing business matters; coordinating geographically separate organizations; consolidating research and development operations; and consolidating corporate and administrative infrastructures.
Our strategic investments in new areas of technology may involve significant risks and uncertainties, including distraction of management from current operations, greater than expected liabilities and expenses, inadequate return of capital, and unidentified issues not discovered in due diligence. These investments are inherently risky and may not be successful.
In addition, we may record impairment charges related to our acquisitions or strategic investments. Any losses or impairment charges that we incur related to acquisitions, strategic investments or sales of assets will have a negative impact on our financial results, and we may continue to incur new or additional losses related to acquisitions or strategic investments.
We may have to incur debt or issue equity securities to pay for any future acquisition, which debt could involve restrictive covenants or which equity security issuance could be dilutive to our existing stockholders.
From time to time, we may also divest certain assets, where we may be required to provide certain representations, warranties and covenants to their buyers. While we would seek to ensure the accuracy of such representations and warranties and fulfillment of any ongoing obligations, we may not be completely successful and consequently may be subject to claims by a purchaser of such assets.
A substantial portion of our revenue is derived from sources outside of the United States and this revenue and our business generally are subject to risks related to international operations that are often beyond our control.
For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, revenues received from our international customers constituted approximately 60% and 63%, respectively, of our total revenue. We expect that future revenue derived from international sources will continue to represent a significant portion of our total revenue.

12

Table of Contents

To the extent that customer sales are not denominated in U.S. dollars, any royalties which are based on a percentage of the customers' sales that we receive as a result of such sales could be subject to fluctuations in currency exchange rates. In addition, if the effective price of licensed products sold by our foreign customers were to increase as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of the relevant currencies, demand for licensed products could fall, which in turn would reduce our royalties. We do not use financial instruments to hedge foreign exchange rate risk.
We currently have international business operations in the United Kingdom and the Netherlands, international design operations in Canada, India, Finland and France, and business development operations in Japan, Korea, Singapore and Taiwan. Our international operations and revenue are subject to a variety of risks which are beyond our control, including:
hiring, maintaining and managing a workforce and facilities remotely and under various legal systems, including compliance with local labor and employment laws;
non-compliance with our code of conduct or other corporate policies;
natural disasters, acts of war, terrorism, widespread illness or security breaches;
export controls, tariffs, import and licensing restrictions and other trade barriers;
profits, if any, earned abroad being subject to local tax laws and not being repatriated to the United States or, if repatriation is possible, limited in amount;
adverse tax treatment of revenue from international sources and changes to tax codes, including being subject to foreign tax laws and being liable for paying withholding, income or other taxes in foreign jurisdictions;
unanticipated changes in foreign government laws and regulations;
increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities;
lack of protection of our intellectual property and other contract rights by jurisdictions in which we may do business to the same extent as the laws of the United States;
potential vulnerability to computer system, internet or other systemic attacks, such as denial of service, viruses or other malware which may be caused by criminals, terrorists or other sophisticated organizations;
social, political and economic instability;
geopolitical issues, including changes in diplomatic and trade relationships; and
cultural differences in the conduct of business both with customers and in conducting business in our international facilities and international sales offices.
We and our customers are subject to many of the risks described above with respect to companies which are located in different countries. There can be no assurance that one or more of the risks associated with our international operations will not result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Weak global economic conditions may adversely affect demand for the products and services of our customers.
Our operations and performance depend significantly on worldwide economic conditions. Uncertainty about global or regional economic conditions poses a risk as consumers and businesses may postpone spending in response to tighter credit, negative financial news and declines in income or asset values, which could have a material negative effect on the demand for the products of our customers in the foreseeable future. If our customers experience reduced demand for their products as a result of global or regional economic conditions or otherwise, this could result in reduced royalty revenue and our business and results of operations could be harmed.
If our counterparties are unable to fulfill their financial and other obligations to us, our business and results of operations may be affected adversely .
Any downturn in economic conditions or other business factors could threaten the financial health of our counterparties, including companies with whom we have entered into licensing and/or settlement agreements, and their ability to fulfill their financial and other obligations to us. Such financial pressures on our counterparties may eventually lead to bankruptcy proceedings or other attempts to avoid financial obligations that are due to us. Because bankruptcy courts have the power to modify or cancel contracts of the petitioner which remain subject to future performance and alter or discharge payment obligations related to pre-petition debts, we may receive less than all of the payments that we would otherwise be entitled to receive from any such counterparty as a result of bankruptcy proceedings.
If we are unable to attract and retain qualified personnel, our business and operations could suffer.
Our success is dependent upon our ability to identify, attract, compensate, motivate and retain qualified personnel, especially engineers, senior management and other key personnel. We recently have faced retention issues, such as when our employee turnover accelerated after our reduction-in-force efforts in 2012 and 2013 and subsequent voluntary and involuntary separations. We may experience a similar acceleration in employee turnover due to the restructuring and plan of termination instituted in the fourth quarter of 2015. The loss of the services of any key employees could be disruptive to our development

13

Table of Contents

efforts or business relationships and could cause our business and operations to suffer.
We are subject to various government restrictions and regulations, including on the sale of products and services that use encryption technology and those related to privacy and other consumer protection matters.
Various countries have adopted controls, license requirements and restrictions on the export, import and use of products or services that contain encryption technology. In addition, governmental agencies have proposed additional requirements for encryption technology, such as requiring the escrow and governmental recovery of private encryption keys. Restrictions on the sale or distribution of products or services containing encryption technology may impact the ability of CRD to license its data security technologies to the manufacturers and providers of such products and services in certain markets or may require CRD or its customers to make changes to the licensed data security technology that is embedded in such products to comply with such restrictions. Government restrictions, or changes to the products or services of CRD's customers to comply with such restrictions, could delay or prevent the acceptance and use of such customers' products and services. In addition, the United States and other countries have imposed export controls that prohibit the export of encryption technology to certain countries, entities and individuals. Our failure to comply with export and use regulations concerning encryption technology of CRD could subject us to sanctions and penalties, including fines, and suspension or revocation of export or import privileges.
We are subject to a variety of laws and regulations in the United States, the European Union and other countries that involve, for example, user privacy, data protection and security, content and consumer protection. A number of proposals are pending before federal, state, and foreign legislative and regulatory bodies that could significantly affect our business. Existing and proposed laws and regulations can be costly to comply with and can delay or impede the development of new products, result in negative publicity, increase our operating costs and subject us to claims or other remedies.
In accordance with the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the SEC established new disclosure and reporting requirements for those companies who use "conflict" minerals mined from the Democratic Republic of Congo and adjoining countries in their products, whether or not these products are manufactured by third parties. These requirements could affect the sourcing and availability of minerals that are used in the manufacture of our products. We have to date incurred costs and expect to incur significant additional costs associated with complying with the disclosure requirements, including for example, due diligence in regard to the sources of any conflict minerals used in our products, in addition to the cost of remediation and other changes to products, processes, or sources of supply as a consequence of such verification activities. Additionally, we may face reputational challenges with our customers and other stakeholders if we are unable to sufficiently verify the origins of all minerals used in our products through the due diligence procedures that we implement. We may also face challenges with government regulators and our customers and suppliers if we are unable to sufficiently verify that the metals used in our products are conflict free.
Our operations are subject to risks of natural disasters, acts of war, terrorism, widespread illness or security breach at our domestic and international locations, any one of which could result in a business stoppage and negatively affect our operating results.
Our business operations depend on our ability to maintain and protect our facilities, computer systems and personnel, which are primarily located in the San Francisco Bay Area and Bangalore, India. The San Francisco Bay Area is in close proximity to known earthquake fault zones. Our facilities and transportation for our employees are susceptible to damage from earthquakes and other natural disasters such as fires, floods and similar events. Should a catastrophe disable our facilities, we do not have readily available alternative facilities from which we could conduct our business, so any resultant work stoppage could have a negative effect on our operating results. We also rely on our network infrastructure and technology systems for operational support and business activities which are subject to physical and cyber damage, and also susceptible to other related vulnerabilities common to networks and computer systems. Acts of terrorism, widespread illness, war and any event that causes failures or interruption in our network infrastructure and technology systems could have a negative effect at our international and domestic facilities and could harm our business, financial condition, and operating results.
We do not have extensive experience in manufacturing and marketing products and, as a result, may be unable to sustain and grow a profitable commercial market for new and existing products.
We do not have extensive experience in creating, manufacturing and marketing products, including our recently announced buffer chip set, our CryptoManager platform and new offerings that will result from our acquisition of Smart Card Software in the mobile credential and smart card solution spaces. These and other new offerings may present new and difficult challenges, and we may be subject to claims if customers of these offerings experience failures or other quality issues. In particular, we may experience difficulties with product design, qualification, manufacturing, marketing or certification that could delay or prevent our development, introduction or marketing of new products. Although we intend to design our products to be fully compliant with applicable industry standards, proprietary enhancements may not in the future result in full conformance with existing industry standards under all circumstances.

14

Table of Contents


If we fail to introduce products that meet the demand of our customers or penetrate new markets in which we expend significant resources, our revenues will decrease over time and our financial condition could suffer. Additionally, if we concentrate resources on a new market that does not prove profitable or sustainable, it could damage our reputation and limit our growth, and our financial condition could decline.

We rely on a number of third-party providers for data center hosting facilities, equipment, maintenance and other services, and the loss of, or problems with, one or more of these providers may impede our growth or cause us to lose customers.

We rely on third-party providers to supply data center hosting facilities, equipment, maintenance and other services in order to provide some of our services, including in our offerings of our advanced mobile payment platform and smart ticketing platform, and have entered into various agreements for such services. The continuous availability of our service depends on the operations of those facilities, on a variety of network service providers and on third-party vendors. In addition, we depend on our third-party facility providers’ ability to protect these facilities against damage or interruption from natural disasters, power or telecommunications failures, criminal acts, cyber-attacks and similar events. If there are any lapses of service or damage to a facility, we could experience lengthy interruptions in our service as well as delays and additional expenses in arranging new facilities and services. Even with current and planned disaster recovery arrangements, our business could be harmed. Any interruptions or delays in our service, whether as a result of third-party error, our own error, natural disasters, criminal acts, security breaches or other causes, whether accidental or willful, could harm our relationships with customers, harm our reputation and cause our revenue to decrease and/or our expenses to increase. Also, in the event of damage or interruption, our insurance policies may not adequately compensate us for any losses that we may incur. These factors in turn could further reduce our revenue, subject us to liability and cause us to issue credits or cause us to lose customers, any of which could materially adversely affect our business.

We rely on third parties for a variety of services, including manufacturing, and these third parties’ failure to perform these services adequately could materially and adversely affect our business.

We rely on third parties for a variety of services, including our manufacturing supply chain partners and third parties within our sales and distribution channels. Certain of these third parties are, and may be, our sole manufacturer or sole source of production materials. If we fail to manage our relationship with these manufacturers and suppliers effectively, or if they experience delays, disruptions, capacity constraints or quality control problems in their operations, our ability to ship products to our customers could be impaired and our competitive position and reputation could be harmed. In addition, any adverse change in any of our manufacturers and suppliers’ financial or business condition could disrupt our ability to supply quality products to our customers. If we are required to change our manufacturers, we may lose revenue, incur increased costs and damage our end-customer relationships. In addition, qualifying a new manufacturer and commencing production can be an expensive and lengthy process. If our third party manufacturers or suppliers are unable to provide us with adequate supplies of high-quality products for any other reason, we could experience a delay in our order fulfillment, and our business, operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected. In the event these and other third parties we rely on fail to provide their services adequately, including as a result of errors in their systems or events beyond their control, or refuse to provide these services on terms acceptable to us or at all, and we are not able to find suitable alternatives, our business may be materially and adversely affected. In addition, our orders may represent a relatively small percentage of the overall orders received by our manufacturers from their customers. As a result, fulfilling our orders may not be considered a priority in the event our manufacturers are constrained in their ability to fulfill all of their customer obligations in a timely manner. If our manufacturers are unable to provide us with adequate supplies of high-quality products, or if we or our manufacturers are unable to obtain adequate quantities of components, it could cause a delay in our order fulfillment, in which case our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Warranty and product liability claims brought against us could cause us to incur significant costs and adversely affect our operating results as well as our reputation and relationships with customers.

We may from time to time be subject to warranty and product liability claims with regard to product performance and our services. We could incur losses as a result of warranty, support, repair or replacement costs in response to customer complaints or in connection with the resolution of contemplated or actual legal proceedings relating to such claims. In addition to potential losses arising from claims and related legal proceedings, warranty and product liability claims could affect our reputation and our relationship with customers.


15

Table of Contents

Any failure in our delivery of high-quality technical support services may adversely affect our relationships with our customers and our financial results.

Our customers depend on our support organization to resolve technical issues and provide ongoing maintenance relating to our products and services. We may be unable to respond quickly enough to accommodate short-term increases in customer demand for support services. Increased customer demand for these services, without corresponding revenues, could increase costs and adversely affect our operating results. In addition, our sales process is highly dependent on our offerings and business reputation and on positive recommendations from our existing customers. Any failure to maintain high-quality technical support, or a market perception that we do not maintain high-quality support, could adversely affect our reputation, our ability to sell our solutions to existing and prospective customers, and our business, operating results and financial position.

Certain software that we use in certain of our products is licensed from third parties and, for that reason, may not be available to us in the future, which has the potential to delay product development and production or cause us to incur additional expense, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flow.

Some of our products and services contain software licensed from third parties. Some of these licenses may not be available to us in the future on terms that are acceptable to us or allow our products to remain competitive. The loss of these licenses or the inability to maintain any of them on commercially acceptable terms could delay development of future offerings or the enhancement of existing products and services. We may also choose to pay a premium price for such a license in certain circumstances where continuity of the licensed product would outweigh the premium cost of the license. The unavailability of these licenses or the necessity of agreeing to commercially unreasonable terms for such licenses could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flow.

Certain software we use is from open source code sources, which, under certain circumstances, may lead to unintended consequences and, therefore, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flow.

We use open source software in our services, including our advanced mobile payment platform and smart ticketing platform, and we intend to continue to use open source software in the future. From time to time, there have been claims challenging the ownership of open source software against companies that incorporate open source software into their products or alleging that these companies have violated the terms of an open source license. As a result, we could be subject to lawsuits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software or alleging that we have violated the terms of an open source license. Litigation could be costly for us to defend, have a negative effect on our operating results and financial condition or require us to devote additional research and development resources to change our solutions. In addition, if we were to combine our proprietary software solutions with open source software in certain manners, we could, under certain open source licenses, be required to publicly release the source code of our proprietary software solutions. If we inappropriately use open source software, we may be required to re-engineer our solutions, discontinue the sale of our solutions, release the source code of our proprietary software to the public at no cost or take other remedial actions. There is a risk that open source licenses could be construed in a way that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our solutions, which could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our business and operating results could be harmed if we undertake any restructuring activities.
From time to time, we may undertake restructurings of our business, such as the restructuring and plan of termination that we undertook in the fourth quarter of 2015. There are several factors that could cause restructurings to have adverse effects on our business, financial condition and results of operations. These include potential disruption of our operations, the development of our technology, the deliveries to our customers and other aspects of our business. Loss of sales, service and engineering talent, in particular, could damage our business. Any restructuring would require substantial management time and attention and may divert management from other important work. Employee reductions or other restructuring activities also would cause us to incur restructuring and related expenses such as severance expenses. Moreover, we could encounter delays in executing any restructuring plans, which could cause further disruption and additional unanticipated expense.

16

Table of Contents

Risks Related to Capitalization Matters and Corporate Governance
The price of our common stock may continue to fluctuate.
Our common stock is listed on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “RMBS.” The trading price of our common stock has at times experienced price volatility and may continue to fluctuate significantly in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control.  Some of these factors include:
any progress, or lack of progress, real or perceived, in the development of products that incorporate our innovations and technology companies' acceptance of our products, including the results of our efforts to expand into new target markets;
our signing or not signing new licenses and the loss of strategic relationships with any customer;
announcements of technological innovations or new products by us, our customers or our competitors;
changes in our strategies, including changes in our licensing focus and/or acquisitions of companies with business models or target markets different from our own;
positive or negative reports by securities analysts as to our expected financial results and business developments;
developments with respect to patents or proprietary rights and other events or factors;
new litigation and the unpredictability of litigation results or settlements; and
issuance of additional securities by us, including in acquisitions.
In addition, the stock market in general, and prices for companies in our industry in particular, have experienced extreme volatility that often has been unrelated to the operating performance of such companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance.
We have outstanding senior convertible notes in an aggregate principal amount totaling $138.0 million. Because these notes are convertible into shares of our common stock, volatility or depressed prices of our common stock could have a similar effect on the trading price of such notes. In addition, the existence of these notes may encourage short selling in our common stock by market participants because the conversion of the notes could depress the price of our common stock.
We have been party to, and may in the future be subject to, lawsuits relating to securities law matters which may result in unfavorable outcomes and significant judgments, settlements and legal expenses which could cause our business, financial condition and results of operations to suffer.
We and certain of our current and former officers and directors, as well as our current auditors, were subject from 2006 to 2011 to several stockholder derivative actions, securities fraud class actions and/or individual lawsuits filed in federal court against us and certain of our current and former officers and directors. The complaints generally alleged that the defendants violated the federal and state securities laws and stated state law claims for fraud and breach of fiduciary duty. Although to date these complaints have either been settled or dismissed, the amount of time to resolve any future lawsuits is uncertain, and these matters could require significant management and financial resources. Unfavorable outcomes and significant judgments, settlements and legal expenses in litigation related to any future securities law claims could have material adverse impacts on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and the trading price of our common stock.
We are leveraged financially, which could adversely affect our ability to adjust our business to respond to competitive pressures and to obtain sufficient funds to satisfy our future research and development needs, to protect and enforce our intellectual property, and to meet other needs.
We have material indebtedness. In August 2013, we issued $138.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 2018 Notes which remain outstanding. The degree to which we are leveraged could have negative consequences, including, but not limited to, the following:
we may be more vulnerable to economic downturns, less able to withstand competitive pressures and less flexible in responding to changing business and economic conditions;
our ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, litigation, general corporate or other purposes may be limited;
a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations in the future may be required for the payment of the principal amount of our existing indebtedness when it becomes due at maturity in August 2018; and
we may be required to make cash payments upon any conversion of the 2018 Notes, which would reduce our cash on hand.

A failure to comply with the covenants and other provisions of our debt instruments could result in events of default under such instruments, which could permit acceleration of all of our outstanding 2018 Notes. Any required repurchase of the 2018 Notes as a result of a fundamental change or acceleration of the 2018 Notes would reduce our cash on hand such that we would not have those funds available for use in our business.

17

Table of Contents

If we are at any time unable to generate sufficient cash flows from operations to service our indebtedness when payment is due, we may be required to attempt to renegotiate the terms of the instruments relating to the indebtedness, seek to refinance all or a portion of the indebtedness or obtain additional financing. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully renegotiate such terms, that any such refinancing would be possible or that any additional financing could be obtained on terms that are favorable or acceptable to us.
Compliance with changing regulation of corporate governance and public disclosure may result in additional expenses.
Changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure have historically created uncertainty for companies such as ours. Any new or changed laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations due to their lack of specificity, and as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices.
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, Delaware law and our outstanding convertible notes contain provisions that could discourage transactions resulting in a change in control, which may negatively affect the market price of our common stock.
Our certificate of incorporation, our bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions that might enable our management to discourage, delay or prevent a change in control. In addition, these provisions could limit the price that investors would be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. Pursuant to such provisions:
our board of directors is authorized, without prior stockholder approval, to create and issue preferred stock, commonly referred to as “blank check” preferred stock, with rights senior to those of common stock, which means that a stockholder rights plan could be implemented by our board;
our board of directors is staggered into two classes, only one of which is elected at each annual meeting;
stockholder action by written consent is prohibited;
nominations for election to our board of directors and the submission of matters to be acted upon by stockholders at a meeting are subject to advance notice requirements;
certain provisions in our bylaws and certificate of incorporation such as notice to stockholders, the ability to call a stockholder meeting, advance notice requirements and action of stockholders by written consent may only be amended with the approval of stockholders holding 66 2/3% of our outstanding voting stock;
our stockholders have no authority to call special meetings of stockholders; and
our board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our bylaws.
We are also subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which provides, subject to enumerated exceptions, that if a person acquires 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock, the person is an “interested stockholder” and may not engage in any “business combination” with us for a period of three years from the time the person acquired 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock.
Certain provisions of our outstanding 2018 Notes could make it more difficult or more expensive for a third party to acquire us. Upon the occurrence of certain transactions constituting a fundamental change, holders of such 2018 Notes will have the right, at their option, to require us to repurchase, at a cash repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest on such 2018 Notes, all or a portion of their 2018 Notes. We may also be required to increase the conversion rate of such 2018 Notes in the event of certain fundamental changes.
Unanticipated changes in our tax rates or in the tax laws and regulations could expose us to additional income tax liabilities which could affect our operating results and financial condition.
We are subject to income taxes in both the United States and various foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining our worldwide provision for income taxes and, in the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. Our effective tax rate could be adversely affected by changes in the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, changes in tax laws and regulations as well as other factors. Our tax determinations are regularly subject to audit by tax authorities and developments in those audits could adversely affect our income tax provision, and we are currently undergoing such audits of certain of our tax returns. Although we believe that our tax estimates are reasonable, the final determination of tax audits or tax disputes may be different from what is reflected in our historical income tax provisions which could affect our operating results.

18

Table of Contents

Litigation, Regulation and Business Risks Related to our Intellectual Property
We have in the past, and may in the future, become engaged in litigation stemming from our efforts to protect and enforce our patents and intellectual property and make other claims, which could adversely affect our intellectual property rights, distract our management and cause substantial expenses and declines in our revenue and stock price.
We seek to diligently protect our intellectual property rights and will continue to do so. While we are not currently involved in intellectual property litigation, any future litigation, whether or not determined in our favor or settled by us, would be expected to be costly, may cause delays applicable to our business (including delays in negotiating licenses with other actual or potential customers), would be expected to tend to discourage future design partners, would tend to impair adoption of our existing technologies and would divert the efforts and attention of our management and technical personnel from other business operations. In addition, we may be unsuccessful in any litigation if we have difficulty obtaining the cooperation of former employees and agents who were involved in our business during the relevant periods related to our litigation and are now needed to assist in cases or testify on our behalf. Furthermore, any adverse determination or other resolution in litigation could result in our losing certain rights beyond the rights at issue in a particular case, including, among other things: our being effectively barred from suing others for violating certain or all of our intellectual property rights; our patents being held invalid or unenforceable or not infringed; our being subjected to significant liabilities; our being required to seek licenses from third parties; our being prevented from licensing our patented technology; or our being required to renegotiate with current customers on a temporary or permanent basis.
From time to time, we are subject to proceedings by government agencies that may result in adverse determinations against us and could cause our revenue to decline substantially.
An adverse resolution by or with a governmental agency could result in severe limitations on our ability to protect and license our intellectual property, and could cause our revenue to decline substantially. Third parties have and may attempt to use adverse findings by a government agency to limit our ability to enforce or license our patents in private litigations, to challenge or otherwise act against us with respect to such government agency proceedings.

Further, third parties have sought and may seek review and reconsideration of the patentability of inventions claimed in certain of our patents by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (“PTO”) and/or the European Patent Office (the “EPO”). Any re-examination proceedings may be reviewed by the PTO's Patent Trial and Appeal Board (“PTAB”). The PTAB and the related former Board of Patent Appeals and Interferences ("BPAI") have previously issued decisions in a few cases, finding some challenged claims of Rambus' patents to be valid, and others to be invalid. Decisions of the PTAB are subject to further PTO proceedings and/or appeal to the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit. A final adverse decision, not subject to further review and/or appeal, could invalidate some or all of the challenged patent claims and could also result in additional adverse consequences affecting other related U.S. or European patents, including in any intellectual property litigation. If a sufficient number of such patents are impaired, our ability to enforce or license our intellectual property would be significantly weakened and could cause our revenue to decline substantially.

The pendency of any governmental agency acting as described above may impair our ability to enforce or license our patents or collect royalties from existing or potential customers, as any litigation opponents may attempt to use such proceedings to delay or otherwise impair any pending cases and our existing or potential customers may await the final outcome of any proceedings before agreeing to new licenses or to paying royalties.

Litigation or other third-party claims of intellectual property infringement could require us to expend substantial resources and could prevent us from developing or licensing our technology on a cost-effective basis.
Our research and development programs are in highly competitive fields in which numerous third parties have issued patents and patent applications with claims closely related to the subject matter of our programs. We have also been named in the past, and may in the future be named, as a defendant in lawsuits claiming that our technology infringes upon the intellectual property rights of third parties. As we develop additional products and technology, we may face claims of infringement of various patents and other intellectual property rights by third parties. In the event of a third-party claim or a successful infringement action against us, we may be required to pay substantial damages, to stop developing and licensing our infringing technology, to develop non-infringing technology, and to obtain licenses, which could result in our paying substantial royalties or our granting of cross licenses to our technologies. We may not be able to obtain licenses from other parties at a reasonable cost, or at all, which could cause us to expend substantial resources, or result in delays in, or the cancellation of, new products.

19

Table of Contents

If we are unable to protect our inventions successfully through the issuance and enforcement of patents, our operating results could be adversely affected.
We have an active program to protect our proprietary inventions through the filing of patents. There can be no assurance, however, that:
any current or future U.S. or foreign patent applications will be approved and not be challenged by third parties;
our issued patents will protect our intellectual property and not be challenged by third parties;
the validity of our patents will be upheld;
our patents will not be declared unenforceable;
the patents of others will not have an adverse effect on our ability to do business;
Congress or the U.S. courts or foreign countries will not change the nature or scope of rights afforded patents or patent owners or alter in an adverse way the process for seeking or enforcing patents;
changes in law will not be implemented, or changes in interpretation of such laws will occur, that will affect our ability to protect and enforce our patents and other intellectual property;
new legal theories and strategies utilized by our competitors will not be successful;
others will not independently develop similar or competing chip interfaces or design around any patents that may be issued to us; or
factors such as difficulty in obtaining cooperation from inventors, pre-existing challenges or litigation, or license or other contract issues will not present additional challenges in securing protection with respect to patents and other intellectual property that we acquire.
If any of the above were to occur, our operating results could be adversely affected.
Furthermore, recent patent reform legislation, such as the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of any patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our licensed patents. The federal courts, the USPTO, the Federal Trade Commission, and the U.S. International Trade Commission have also recently taken certain actions and issued rulings that have been viewed as unfavorable to patentees. While we cannot predict what form any new patent reform laws or regulations may ultimately take, or what impact recent or future reforms may have on our business, any laws or regulations that restrict or negatively impact our ability to enforce our patent rights against third parties could have a material adverse effect on our business.
In addition, our patents will continue to expire according to their terms, with expiration dates ranging from 2016 to 2038. Our failure to continuously develop or acquire successful innovations and obtain patents on those innovations could significantly harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
Our inability to protect and own the intellectual property we create would cause our business to suffer.
We rely primarily on a combination of license, development and nondisclosure agreements, trademark, trade secret and copyright law and contractual provisions to protect our non-patentable intellectual property rights. If we fail to protect these intellectual property rights, our customers and others may seek to use our technology without the payment of license fees and royalties, which could weaken our competitive position, reduce our operating results and increase the likelihood of costly litigation. The growth of our business depends in part on the use of our intellectual property in the products of third party manufacturers, and our ability to enforce intellectual property rights against them to obtain appropriate compensation. In addition, effective trade secret protection may be unavailable or limited in certain foreign countries. Although we intend to protect our rights vigorously, if we fail to do so, our business will suffer.

Effective protection of trademarks, copyrights, domain names, patent rights, and other intellectual property rights is expensive and difficult to maintain, both in terms of application and maintenance costs, as well as the costs of defending and enforcing those rights. The efforts we have taken to protect our intellectual property rights may not be sufficient or effective. Our intellectual property rights may be infringed, misappropriated, or challenged, which could result in them being narrowed in scope or declared invalid or unenforceable. In addition, the laws or practices of certain countries do not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States. Significant impairments of our intellectual property rights, and limitations on our ability to assert our intellectual property rights against others, could have a material and adverse effect on our business.

Third parties may claim that our products or services infringe on their intellectual property rights, exposing us to litigation that, regardless of merit, may be costly to defend.


20

Table of Contents

Our success and ability to compete are also dependent upon our ability to operate without infringing upon the patent, trademark and other intellectual property rights of others. Third parties may claim that our current or future products or services infringe upon their intellectual property rights. Any such claim, with or without merit, could be time consuming, divert management’s attention from our business operations and result in significant expenses. We cannot assure you that we would be successful in defending against any such claims. In addition, parties making these claims may be able to obtain injunctive or other equitable relief affecting our ability to license the products that incorporate the challenged intellectual property. As a result of such claims, we may be required to obtain licenses from third parties, develop alternative technology or redesign our products. We cannot be sure that such licenses would be available on terms acceptable to us, if at all. If a successful claim is made against us and we are unable to develop or license alternative technology, our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

We rely upon the accuracy of our customers' recordkeeping, and any inaccuracies or payment disputes for amounts owed to us under our licensing agreements may harm our results of operations.

Many of our license agreements require our customers to document the manufacture and sale of products that incorporate our technology and report this data to us on a quarterly basis. While licenses with such terms give us the right to audit books and records of our customers to verify this information, audits rarely are undertaken because they can be expensive, time consuming, and potentially detrimental to our ongoing business relationship with our customers. Therefore, we typically rely on the accuracy of the reports from customers without independently verifying the information in them. Our failure to audit our customers' books and records may result in our receiving more or less royalty revenue than we are entitled to under the terms of our license agreements. If we conduct royalty audits in the future, such audits may trigger disagreements over contract terms with our customers and such disagreements could hamper customer relations, divert the efforts and attention of our management from normal operations and impact our business operations and financial condition.
Any dispute regarding our intellectual property may require us to indemnify certain customers, the cost of which could severely hamper our business operations and financial condition.
In any potential dispute involving our patents or other intellectual property, our customers could also become the target of litigation. While we generally do not indemnify our customers, some of our license agreements provide indemnities, and some require us to provide technical support and information to a customer that is involved in litigation involving use of our technology. In addition, we may be exposed to indemnification obligations, risks and liabilities that were unknown at the time of acquisitions, including with respect to our acquisition of Smart Card Software, and we may agree to indemnify others in the future. Any of these indemnification and support obligations could result in substantial expenses. In addition to the time and expense required for us to indemnify or supply such support to our customers, a customer's development, marketing and sales of licensed semiconductors, lighting, mobile communications and data security technologies could be severely disrupted or shut down as a result of litigation, which in turn could severely hamper our business operations and financial condition as a result of lower or no royalty payments.
Item 1B.
Unresolved Staff Comments
None.

21



Item 2.
Properties
As of December 31, 2015, we occupied offices in the leased facilities described below:
Number of
Offices
Under Lease
 
Location
 
Primary Use
6
 
United States
 
 
 
 
Sunnyvale, CA (Corporate Headquarters)
 
Executive and administrative offices, research and development, sales and marketing and service functions
 
 
Chapel Hill, NC
 
Research and development
 
 
Brecksville, OH (2)
 
Research and development, prototyping and light manufacturing facility
 
 
San Francisco, CA
 
Research and development
 
 
Richardson, TX
 
Research and development
1
 
Bangalore, India
 
Administrative offices, research and development and service functions
1
 
Tokyo, Japan
 
Business development
1
 
Seoul, Korea
 
Business development
1
 
Taipei, Taiwan
 
Business development
1
 
Paris, France
 
Research and development
1
 
Newmarket, Canada
 
Research and development
1
 
Espoo, Finland
 
Research and development
Item 3.
Legal Proceedings
We are not currently a party to any material pending legal proceeding; however, from time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings or be subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business. Although the results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we currently believe that the final outcome of these ordinary course matters will not have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial position or cash flows. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

Item 4.
Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.
PART II

22

Table of Contents

Item 5.
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Our Common Stock is listed on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “RMBS.” The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the high and low sales price per share of our common stock as reported on The NASDAQ Global Select Market.
 
Year Ended
 
Year Ended
 
December 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
High
 
Low
 
High
 
Low
First Quarter
$
12.88

 
$
10.01

 
$
11.00

 
$
8.38

Second Quarter
$
15.49

 
$
12.44

 
$
14.82

 
$
10.74

Third Quarter
$
14.80

 
$
10.36

 
$
14.77

 
$
11.27

Fourth Quarter
$
14.07

 
$
9.86

 
$
12.55

 
$
9.87

The graph below compares the cumulative 5-year total return of holders of Rambus Inc.'s common stock with the cumulative total returns of the NASDAQ Composite index and the RDG Semiconductor Composite index. The graph tracks the performance of a $100 investment in our common stock and in each of the indexes (with the reinvestment of all dividends) from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2015.


23

Table of Contents

Fiscal years ending:
 
12/10
12/11
12/12
12/13
12/14
12/15
Rambus Inc.
100.00
36.87
23.78
46.24
54.15
56.59
NASDAQ Composite
100.00
100.53
116.92
166.19
188.78
199.95
RDG Semiconductor Composite
100.00
97.51
99.00
132.42
166.28
151.75
The stock price performance included in this graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.
Information regarding our securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans will be included in Item 12, “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters,” of this report on Form 10-K.
As of January 29, 2016, there were 534 holders of record of our common stock. Since many of the shares of our common stock are held by brokers and other institutions on behalf of stockholders, we are unable to estimate the total number of beneficial stockholders represented by these record holders.
We have never paid or declared any cash dividends on our common stock or other securities.
Share Repurchase Program
On January 21, 2015, our Board approved a share repurchase program authorizing the repurchase of up to an aggregate of 20.0 million shares. Share repurchases under the plan may be made through the open market, established plans or privately negotiated transactions in accordance with all applicable securities laws, rules, and regulations. There is no expiration date applicable to the plan. After giving effect to the accelerated share repurchase program detailed in the table below, we had remaining authorization to repurchase approximately 12.2 million shares.
We record stock repurchases as a reduction to stockholders’ equity. We record a portion of the purchase price of the repurchased shares as an increase to accumulated deficit when the price of the shares repurchased exceeds the average original proceeds per share received from the issuance of common stock.
Period
 
Total Number of Shares Purchased
 
Average Price Paid per Share
 
Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs
 
Maximum Number of Shares that May Yet be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs
 
Total Paid (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10/1/2015 - 10/31/15
 
7,812,500

 
$10.24
 
7,812,500

 
12,187,500
 
$100,000,000
  Total
 
7,812,500

 
 
 
7,812,500

 
 
 
$
100,000,000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) In the fourth quarter of 2015, we entered into an accelerated share repurchase program to repurchase an aggregate of $100.0 million of our common stock and received an initial delivery of 7.8 million shares which were retired and recorded as a $80.0 million reduction to stockholders' equity. The remaining $20.0 million of the initial payment was recorded as a reduction to stockholders’ equity as an unsettled forward contract indexed to our stock. The number of shares to be ultimately purchased by us will be determined based on the volume weighted average price of the common stock during the terms of the transaction, minus an agreed upon discount between the parties. The program is expected to be completed by June 2016. See Note 13, “Stockholders' Equity,” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Form 10-K for further discussion.
Item 6.
Selected Financial Data
The following selected consolidated financial data for and as of the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was derived from our consolidated financial statements. The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and

24



Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” and other financial data included elsewhere in this report. Our historical results of operations are not necessarily indicative of results of operations to be expected for any future period.
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2015 (2) (3) (4)
 
2014 (2)
 
2013 (1) (2)
 
2012 (1)
 
2011 (2)
 
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Total revenue
$
296,278

 
$
296,558

 
$
271,501

 
$
234,051

 
$
312,363

Net income (loss)
$
211,388

 
$
26,201

 
$
(33,748
)
 
$
(134,336
)
 
$
(43,053
)
Net income (loss) per share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
1.84

 
$
0.23

 
$
(0.30
)
 
$
(1.21
)
 
$
(0.39
)
Diluted
$
1.80

 
$
0.22

 
$
(0.30
)
 
$
(1.21
)
 
$
(0.39
)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities
$
287,706

 
$
300,109

 
$
387,662

 
$
203,330

 
$
289,456

Total assets
$
719,504

 
$
588,279

 
$
713,379

 
$
587,812

 
$
693,654

Convertible notes
$
120,901

 
$
115,089

 
$
273,676

 
$
147,556

 
$
133,493

Stockholders’ equity
$
526,533

 
$
391,622

 
$
340,229

 
$
321,594

 
$
429,794

______________________________________
(1)
The net loss for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 included $17.8 million and $35.5 million, respectively, of impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets.
(2)
The net income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, 2013 and 2011 included $2.0 million, $2.0 million, $0.5 million and $6.2 million, respectively, of gain from settlement which was reflected as a reduction of operating costs and expenses.
(3)
The net income for the year ended December 31, 2015 included $174.5 million related to the reversal of the deferred tax asset valuation allowance.
(4)
Stockholders' equity includes $100.0 million paid under the accelerated share repurchase program as well as the $174.5 million net impact of the reversal of the deferred tax asset valuation allowance.


Item 7.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following discussion contains forward-looking statements, including, without limitation, our expectations and statements regarding our outlook and future revenues, expenses, results of operations, liquidity, plans, strategies and objectives of management and any assumptions underlying any of the foregoing. Our actual results may differ significantly from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements and factors that might cause future actual results to differ materially from our recent results or those projected in the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those discussed in the section titled “Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update the forward-looking statements or our risk factors for any reason.
Business Overview
Rambus creates cutting-edge semiconductor and IP products, spanning memory and interfaces to security, smart sensors and lighting. Our chips, customizable IP cores, architecture licenses, tools, services, software, training and innovations improve the competitive advantage of our customers. We collaborate with the industry, partnering with leading ASIC and SoC designers, foundries, IP developers, EDA companies and validation labs. Our products are integrated into tens of billions of devices and systems, powering and securing diverse applications, including Big Data, Internet of Things (IoT), mobile, consumer and media platforms. We generate revenue by licensing our inventions and solutions, selling our semiconductor products and providing services to market-leading companies.

25

Table of Contents

While we have historically focused our efforts on the development of technologies for electronics memory and chip interfaces, we have expanded our portfolio of inventions and solutions to address additional markets in lighting, chip and system security, as well as new areas within the semiconductor industry, such as computational sensing and imaging. We intend to continue our growth into new technology fields, consistent with our mission to create great value through our innovations and to make those technologies available through both our licensing and non-licensing business models. Key to our efforts will be hiring and retaining world-class inventors, scientists and engineers to lead the development of inventions and technology solutions for our fields of focus, and the management and business support personnel necessary to execute our plans and strategies.
We have four operational units: (1) Memory and Interfaces Division, or MID, which focuses on the design, development and licensing of technology that is related to memory and interfaces; (2) Cryptography Research Division, or CRD, which focuses on the design, development and licensing of technologies for chip and system security, anti-counterfeiting, smart ticketing and mobile payments; (3) ESD, which includes our computational sensing and imaging group along with our development efforts in the area of emerging technologies; and (4) Lighting and Display Technologies, or LDT, which focuses on the design, development and licensing of technologies for lighting. As of December 31, 2015, MID and CRD were considered reportable segments as they met the quantitative thresholds for disclosure as a reportable segment. The results of the remaining operating segments were shown under “Other.” For additional information concerning segment reporting, see Note 6, “Segments and Major Customers,” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Form 10-K.
Our strategy is to evolve from providing primarily patent licenses to providing additional technology, products and services while creating and leveraging strategic synergies to increase revenue. One of our goals is to supplement our patent licensing business with additional licensing opportunities for our technologies, products and services to be incorporated into our customers’ products and/or systems. Our technology licenses are designed to support the implementation and adoption of our technology into our customers’ products or services. As part of these offerings, we can provide a range of services that can include access to technical experts, advanced system design and analysis, hardware and software to enhance design and validation, system IP and specifications, and process-specific hard and soft macros, along with other services. These technology license agreements may have both a fixed price (non-recurring) component and ongoing royalties. Further, under technology licenses, our customers typically receive licenses to our patents necessary to implement these solutions in their products with specific rights and restrictions to the applicable patents elaborated in their individual contracts with us.
As of December 31, 2015, our semiconductor, lighting, security and other technologies are covered by 1,832 U.S. and foreign patents. Additionally, we have 681 patent applications pending. Some of the patents and pending patent applications are derived from a common parent patent application or are foreign counterpart patent applications. We have a program to file applications for and obtain patents in the United States and in selected foreign countries where we believe filing for such protection is appropriate and would further our overall business strategy and objectives. In some instances, obtaining appropriate levels of protection may involve prosecuting continuation and counterpart patent applications based on a common parent application. We believe our patented innovations provide our customers with the ability to achieve improved performance, lower risk, greater cost-effectiveness and other benefits in their products and services.
Our inventions and technology solutions are offered to our customers through either a patent license, a technology license or a software license. Today, a majority of our revenues are derived from patent licenses, through which we provide our customers a license to use a certain portion of our broad portfolio of patented inventions. The license provides our customers with a defined right to use our innovations in the customer's own digital electronics products, systems or services, as applicable. The licenses may also define the specific field of use where our customers may use or employ our inventions in their products. License agreements are structured with fixed, variable or a hybrid of fixed and variable royalty payments over certain defined periods ranging for periods of up to ten years. Leading consumer product, semiconductor and system companies such as AMD, Broadcom, Cisco, Freescale, Fujitsu, GE, IBM, Intel, LSI, Micron, Nanya, Panasonic, Qualcomm, Renesas, Samsung, SK hynix, STMicroelectronics and Toshiba have licensed our patents for use in their own products. The majority of our intellectual property in MID was developed in-house and we have expanded our business strategy of monetizing our MID intellectual property to include the sale of select intellectual property. As any sales executed under this expanded strategy represent a component of our ongoing major or central operations and activities, we will record the related proceeds as revenue.
We also offer our customers technology licenses to support the implementation and adoption of our technology in their products or services. Our customers include leading companies such as Eaton, GE, IBM, Panasonic, Qualcomm, Samsung, Sony and Toshiba. Our technology license offerings include a range of technologies for incorporation into our customers' products and systems. We also offer a range of services as part of our technology licenses which can include know-how and technology transfer, product design and development, system integration, and other services. These technology license agreements may have both a fixed price (non-recurring) component and ongoing royalties. Further, under technology licenses, our customers typically receive licenses to our patents necessary to implement these solutions in their products with specific rights and restrictions to the applicable patents elaborated in their individual contracts with us.

26

Table of Contents

The remainder of our revenue is contract services revenue which includes license fees and engineering services fees, although we expect the acquisition of Smart Card Software to be accretive to revenue within the first twelve months. The timing and amounts invoiced to customers can vary significantly depending on specific contract terms and can therefore have a significant impact on deferred revenue or account receivables in any given period.
We intend to continue making significant expenditures associated with engineering, sales, general and administration and expect that these costs and expenses will continue to be a significant percentage of revenue in future periods. Whether such expenses increase or decrease as a percentage of revenue will be substantially dependent upon the rate at which our revenue or expenses change.
Executive Summary
During 2015, we signed and renewed key license agreements with IBM, Renesas, SK hynix and Toshiba. We also revealed our Smart Data Acceleration research program which improves data center performance. Additionally, we initiated a $100 million accelerated share repurchase program. Furthermore, we introduced the R+ DDR4 server memory chipset, RCD26, for RDIMMs and LRDIMMs.
Engineering expenses continues to play a key role in our efforts to maintain product innovations. Our engineering expenses for the year ended December 31, 2015 increased $4.4 million as compared to 2014 primarily due to increased expenses related to software design tools of $3.5 million, increased headcount related expenses of $2.1 million, increased bonus accrual expense of $1.5 million and increased cost of sales associated with increased sales of light guides and security products and engineering services of $1.5 million, offset by decreased accrual of retention bonuses of $1.5 million, decreased amortization costs of $1.5 million and decreased equipment and software maintenance costs of $0.7 million.
Sales, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2015 decreased $4.2 million as compared to 2014 primarily due to decreased consulting costs of $3.1 million, decreased depreciation expense of $1.3 million, decreased software and equipment maintenance costs of $0.9 million and decreased litigation costs of $0.5 million, offset by increased headcount related expenses of $0.9 million and increased stock-based compensation expense of $0.8 million.
Trends
There are a number of trends that may have a material impact on us in the future, including but not limited to, the evolution of memory technology, adoption of LEDs in general lighting, the use and adoption of our inventions or technologies and global economic conditions with the resulting impact on sales of consumer electronic systems.
We have a high degree of revenue concentration, with our top five customers representing approximately 65%, 62% and 62% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. As a result of renewing with Samsung in 2013 and settling with SK hynix and Micron in 2013, as well as extending our license agreement with SK hynix in June 2015, Samsung, SK hynix and Micron are expected to account for a significant portion of our ongoing licensing revenue. For both of the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, revenue from Micron, Samsung and SK hynix each accounted for 10% or more of our total revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2013, revenue from Samsung accounted for 10% or more of our total revenue in each year.
The particular customers which account for revenue concentration have varied from period to period as a result of the addition of new contracts, expiration of existing contracts, renewals of existing contracts, industry consolidation and the volumes and prices at which the customers have recently sold to their customers. These variations are expected to continue in the foreseeable future.
Our licensing cycle is lengthy, costly and unpredictable with any degree of certainty. We may incur costs in any particular period before any associated revenue stream begins, if at all. Our lengthy license negotiation cycles could make our future revenue difficult to predict because we may not be successful in entering into licenses with our customers in the amounts projected, or on our anticipated timelines. In addition, while some of our license agreements provide for fixed, quarterly royalty payments, many of our license agreements provide for volume-based royalties, and may also be subject to caps on royalties in a given period. The sales volume and prices of our customers' products in any given period can be difficult to predict. As a result, our actual results may differ substantially from analyst estimates or our forecasts in any given quarter or over the next year.

The semiconductor industry is intensely competitive and highly cyclical, limiting our visibility with respect to future sales. To the extent that macroeconomic fluctuations negatively affect our principal customers, the demand for our technology may be significantly and adversely impacted and we may experience substantial period-to-period fluctuations in our operating results. The royalties we receive from our semiconductor customers are partly a function of the adoption of our technologies by system companies. Many system companies purchase semiconductors containing our technologies from our customers and do not have a direct contractual relationship with us. Our customers generally do not provide us with details as to the identity or volume of

27

Table of Contents

licensed semiconductors purchased by particular system companies. As a result, we face difficulty in analyzing the extent to which our future revenue will be dependent upon particular system companies. System companies face intense competitive pressure in their markets, which are characterized by extreme volatility, frequent new product introductions and rapidly shifting consumer preferences.
Global demand for effective security technologies continues to increase. In particular, highly integrated devices such as smart phones and tablets are increasingly used for applications requiring security such as mobile payments, content protection, corporate information and user data. Our CRD is primarily focused on positioning its DPA countermeasures, CryptoFirewall™ and CryptoManager™ technology solutions, and the introduction of mobile payments and smart ticketing solutions to our offerings to capitalize on these trends and growing adoption among technology partners and customers.
The highly fragmented general lighting industry is undergoing a fundamental shift from incandescent technology to cold cathode fluorescent lights and LED driven technology due to the need to reduce energy consumption and to comply with government mandates. LED lighting typically saves energy costs as compared to existing installed lighting. Our LDT group's patents in LED edge-lit light guide technology can be applied in the design of next generation LED lighting products.
The strategy of the LDT group focuses on providing the market with novel, patented light guide technologies and products to customers who are leading the transition to solid-state LED-based general lighting fixtures.
In 2013, we sold a set of patent assets related to our core display patents where the purchaser of the patents can proceed independently with a licensing program. We have a net proceeds-sharing program in place with the purchaser of the patents upon their licensing of these patent assets. We retain the rights to use certain application techniques and may selectively engage with customers to license our intellectual property and technology for use and applications as permitted under our agreement, including without limitation, display panel and designs.
During the third quarter of 2015 we announced that we are in technical development of the buffer chipset which we are currently sampling to key potential customers and critical ecosystem partners. We are currently working to make the chipset commercially available, but we do not expect any material contribution to revenue from the chipset through 2016.
Our revenue from companies headquartered outside of the United States accounted for approximately 60%, 63% and 70% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. We expect that revenue derived from international customers will continue to represent a significant portion of our total revenue in the future. To date, all of the revenue from international customers has been denominated in U.S. dollars. However, to the extent that such customers’ sales to their customers are not denominated in U.S. dollars, any revenue that we receive as a result of such sales could be subject to fluctuations in currency exchange rates. In addition, if the effective price of licensed products sold by our foreign customers were to increase as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of the relevant currencies, demand for licensed products could fall, which in turn would reduce our revenue. We do not use financial instruments to hedge foreign exchange rate risk.
For additional information concerning international revenue, see Note 6, “Segments and Major Customers,” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Form 10-K.
Engineering costs in the aggregate and as a percentage of revenue increased during the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the prior year. In the near term, we expect engineering costs in the aggregate to be higher as we intend to continue to make investments in the infrastructure and technologies required to maintain our product innovation in semiconductor, lighting, security and other technologies, including the acquisition of Smart Card Software in January 2016.
Sales, general and administrative expenses in the aggregate and as a percentage of revenue decreased during the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the prior year. In the past, our litigation expenses have been high and difficult to predict. Because we successfully negotiated settlements and license agreements with SK hynix, Micron and Nanya during the course of 2013 and 2014, we have settled all outstanding litigation and should no longer have material litigation expenses related to these specific matters. In the near term, we expect our sales, general and administrative costs in the aggregate to be higher due to the acquisition of Smart Card Software. To the extent litigation is again necessary, our expectations on the amount and timing of any future general and administrative costs is uncertain.
Our continued investment in research and development projects, involvement in any future litigation or other legal proceedings and any lower revenue from our customers in the future, will negatively affect our cash from operations.
As a part of our overall business strategy, from time to time, we evaluate businesses and technologies for potential acquisition that are aligned with our core business and designed to supplement our growth. On January 25, 2016, we acquired Smart Card Software Ltd., a privately held company who is a leader in mobile payments and a leading supplier of smart ticketing systems, which includes Bell Identification Ltd. and Ecebs Ltd. through the purchase of all outstanding shares of Smart Card Software Ltd., for approximately $93 million in cash.

28

Table of Contents


To provide us with more flexibility in returning capital back to our shareholders, on January 21, 2015, our Board authorized a new share repurchase program authorizing the repurchase of up to an aggregate of 20.0 million shares. In the fourth quarter of 2015, we entered into an accelerated share repurchase program to repurchase an aggregate of $100.0 million of our common stock and received an initial delivery of 7.8 million shares. We may continue to tactically execute the share repurchase program from time to time.


29

Table of Contents

Results of Operations
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the percentage of total revenue represented by certain items reflected in our consolidated statements of operations:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Revenue:
 
 
 
 
 
Royalties
88.6
 %
 
91.6
 %
 
97.3
 %
Contract and other revenue
11.4
 %
 
8.4
 %
 
2.7
 %
Total revenue
100.0
 %
 
100.0
 %
 
100.0
 %
Operating costs and expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of revenue*
15.3
 %
 
14.1
 %
 
12.2
 %
Research and development*
37.5
 %
 
37.1
 %
 
43.5
 %
Sales, general and administrative*
23.8
 %
 
25.2
 %
 
28.2
 %
Restructuring charges
1.2
 %
 
0.0
 %
 
2.0
 %
Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets
 %
 
 %
 
6.5
 %
Gain from sale of intellectual property
(1.2
)%
 
(1.2
)%
 
(0.5
)%
Gain from settlement
(0.7
)%
 
(0.6
)%
 
(0.2
)%
Total operating costs and expenses
75.9
 %
 
74.6
 %
 
91.7
 %
Operating income
24.1
 %
 
25.4
 %
 
8.3
 %
Interest income and other income, net
0.3
 %
 
(0.1
)%
 
(0.6
)%
Interest expense
(4.2
)%
 
(8.4
)%
 
(12.1
)%
Interest and other income (expense), net
(3.9
)%
 
(8.5
)%
 
(12.7
)%
Income (loss) before income taxes
20.2
 %
 
16.9
 %
 
(4.4
)%
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
(51.0
)%
 
8.1
 %
 
8.0
 %
Net income (loss)
71.2
 %
 
8.8
 %
 
(12.4
)%
______________________________________
* Includes stock-based compensation:
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of revenue
0.0
%
 
0.0
%
 
0.0
%
Research and development
2.3
%
 
2.4
%
 
2.4
%
Sales, general and administrative
2.8
%
 
2.5
%
 
3.1
%
Segment Results
Revenue from the MID reportable segment decreased approximately $4.3 million to $222.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $226.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease was primarily due to lower royalty revenue from AMD, Nanya, NVIDIA, Renesas and STMicroelectronics, offset by higher royalty revenue from IBM and SK hynix.
Segment operating income from the MID reportable segment decreased approximately $11.3 million to $174.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $185.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease was primarily due to decrease in revenue as discussed above and increased expenses related to software design tools and increased prototyping costs.
Revenue from the CRD reportable segment increased approximately $1.2 million to $50.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $49.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase was primarily due to higher revenue from security products, offset by lower royalty revenue from Qualcomm, STMicroelectronics and a smartphone and tablet manufacturer.

30


Segment operating income from the CRD reportable segment remained relatively flat at $21.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to $21.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.
Revenue from the Other segment increased approximately $2.9 million to $23.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $20.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase was primarily due to increased lighting technology development projects and sales of light guides.
Segment operating loss from the Other segment decreased approximately $4.9 million to $8.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $13.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease was primarily due to increase in revenue as discussed above and lower prototyping costs.
Revenue from the MID reportable segment decreased approximately $5.7 million to $226.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $232.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease was primarily due to lower royalty revenue from Samsung, NVIDIA and XDR  DRAM associated with decreased shipments of the Sony PlayStation ® 3 product. The decreased revenue was partially offset by revenue from license agreements signed with SK hynix, Micron, Nanya and Qualcomm.
Segment operating income from the MID reportable segment decreased approximately $11.7 million to $185.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $197.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease was primarily due to decrease in revenue as discussed above and increased headcount related costs due to higher number of employees in 2014.
Revenue from the CRD reportable segment increased approximately $16.7 million to $49.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $32.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was primarily due to the license agreement signed with Qualcomm during 2014, the license agreement signed with Samsung during 2013 and new technology development contracts during 2014.
Segment operating income from the CRD reportable segment increased approximately $9.4 million to $21.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $12.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was primarily due to increase in revenue as discussed above, partially offset by increased headcount related costs from additional employees to support our cryptography development efforts.
Revenue from the Other segment increased approximately $14.1 million to $20.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $6.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was primarily due to increased lighting technology development projects and sales of light guides.
Segment operating loss from the Other segment decreased approximately $22.3 million to $13.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $35.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease was primarily due to increase in revenue as discussed above, gain from additional proceeds from sale of portfolio of patent assets covering lighting technologies during 2013 and decreased headcount related costs due to fewer average number of employees in 2014. The decrease was partially offset by increase in cost of sales associated with increased lighting product sales in 2014.
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2014 to 2015
 
2013 to 2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
Change
 
Change
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
Total Revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Royalties
$
262.4

 
$
271.5

 
$
264.1

 
(3.4
)%
 
2.8
%
Contract and other revenue
33.9

 
25.1

 
7.4

 
35.3
 %
 
NM*

Total revenue
$
296.3

 
$
296.6

 
$
271.5

 
(0.1
)%
 
9.2
%
______________________________________
*
NM — percentage is not meaningful


31


Royalty Revenue
Patent Licenses
Our patent royalties decreased approximately $12.0 million to $248.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $260.9 million for the same period in 2014. The decrease in 2015 was primarily due to lower royalty revenue recognized from AMD, NVIDIA, Renesas, STMicroelectronics and a smartphone and tablet manufacturer, offset by higher royalty revenue from IBM and SK hynix. Of the $248.9 million patent royalties for the year ended December 31, 2015, $86.0 million is related to royalty revenue from settlement of past legal proceedings with SK hynix and Micron.
Our patent royalties increased approximately $11.8 million to $260.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $249.1 million for the same period in 2013. The increase was primarily due to revenue recognized from new license agreements signed with SK hynix and Micron during 2013 and Nanya and Qualcomm during 2014, partially offset by lower royalty payments from Samsung and NVIDIA. Of the $260.9 million patent royalties for the year ended December 31, 2014, $86.0 million is related to royalty revenue from settlement of past legal proceedings with SK hynix and Micron.
We are continuously in negotiations for licenses with prospective customers. We expect patent royalties will continue to vary from period to period based on our success in adding new customers, renewing or extending existing agreements, as well as the level of variation in our customers' reported shipment volumes, sales price and mix, offset in part by the proportion of customer payments that are fixed or hybrid in nature.
Technology Licenses
Royalties from technology licenses increased approximately $2.9 million to $13.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $10.6 million for the same period in 2014. The increase was primarily due to higher royalties from security and lighting technology license revenue, offset by lower royalties from XDR  DRAM associated with decreased shipments of the Sony PlayStation ® 3 product.
Royalties from technology licenses decreased approximately $4.4 million to $10.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $15.0 million for the same period in 2013. The decrease was primarily due to lower royalties from XDR  DRAM associated with decreased shipments of the Sony PlayStation ® 3 product.
In the future, we expect technology royalties will continue to vary from period to period based on our customers’ shipment volumes, sales prices, and product mix.

Royalty Revenue by Reportable Segment

Royalty revenue from the MID reportable segment, which includes patent and technology license royalties, decreased approximately $5.8 million to $217.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $223.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease was primarily due to lower royalty revenue from AMD, Nanya, NVIDIA, Renesas and STMicroelectronics, offset by higher royalty revenue from IBM and SK hynix.
Royalty revenue from the CRD reportable segment, which includes patent and technology license royalties, decreased approximately $4.3 million to $41.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $45.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease was primarily due to lower royalty revenue from Qualcomm, STMicroelectronics and a smartphone and tablet manufacturer.
Royalty revenue from the Other segment increased $1.0 million to $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase was due to increased royalties from technology licenses associated with increased shipments of lighting products.
Royalty revenue from the MID reportable segment decreased approximately $8.2 million to $223.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $231.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease was primarily due to lower royalty revenue from Samsung, NVIDIA and XDR  DRAM associated with decreased shipments of the Sony PlayStation ® 3 product. The decreased revenue was partially offset by revenue from license agreements signed with SK hynix, Micron, Nanya and Qualcomm.
Royalty revenue from the CRD reportable segment increased approximately $14.5 million to $45.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $31.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was primarily due to the new license agreements signed with Qualcomm during 2014 and Samsung during 2013.

32


Royalty revenue from the Other segment increased $1.1 million to $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was due to increased royalties from technology licenses associated with increased shipments of lighting products.
Contract and Other Revenue
Contract and other revenue consists of revenue from technology development, sale of security and lighting products as well as sale of selected intellectual property developed by our MID business unit. Contract and other revenue increased approximately $8.8 million to $33.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $25.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase was primarily due to increased revenue from security technology development projects and products as well as lighting technology development projects and sales of light guides, offset by lower revenue from the sale of selected intellectual property.
Contract and other revenue increased approximately $17.6 million to $25.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was primarily due to increased lighting technology development projects, sales of light guides and sale of selected intellectual property.
We believe that contract and other revenue will fluctuate over time based on our ongoing technology development contractual requirements, the amount of work performed, the timing of completing engineering deliverables, and the changes to work required, as well as new technology development contracts booked in the future.
Contract and Other Revenue by Reportable Segments
Contract and other revenue from the MID reportable segment increased approximately $1.4 million to $4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, primarily due to new technology development contracts in 2015. Contract and other revenue from the CRD reportable segment increased approximately $5.5 million to $9.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $3.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, primarily due to higher revenue from security products. Contract and other revenue from the Other segment increased approximately $1.9 million to $20.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $18.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, primarily due to increased lighting technology development projects and sales of light guides.
Contract and other revenue from the MID reportable segment increased approximately $2.6 million to $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily due to sale of selected intellectual property. Contract and other revenue from the CRD reportable segment increased approximately $2.2 million to $3.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily due to new technology development contracts. Contract and other revenue from the Other segment increased approximately $12.9 million to $18.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $5.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily due to increased lighting technology development projects and sales of light guides.
Engineering costs:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2014 to 2015
 
2013 to 2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
Change
 
Change
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
Engineering costs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of revenue
$
22.7

 
$
19.1

 
$
7.3

 
19.0
 %
 
NM*

Amortization of intangible assets
22.6

 
22.9

 
25.9

 
(1.1
)%
 
(11.8
)%
Total cost of revenue
45.3

 
42.0

 
33.2

 
8.1
 %
 
26.3
 %
Research and development
104.3

 
102.8

 
111.4

 
1.5
 %
 
(7.7
)%
Stock-based compensation
6.8

 
7.2

 
6.6

 
(6.3
)%
 
9.4
 %
Total research and development
111.1

 
110.0

 
118.0

 
1.0
 %
 
(6.7
)%
Total engineering costs
$
156.4

 
$
152.0

 
$
151.2

 
2.9
 %
 
0.5
 %
______________________________________
*
NM — percentage is not meaningful
Engineering costs are allocated between cost of revenue and research and development expenses. Cost of revenue reflects the portion of the total engineering costs which are specifically devoted to individual customer development and support services, costs of security and lighting products sold as well as amortization expense related to various acquired intellectual

33


property for patent licensing. The balance of engineering costs, incurred for the development of applicable technologies, is charged to research and development. In a given period, the allocation of engineering costs between these two components is a function of the timing of the development and implementation schedules of individual customer contracts.
For the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the same period in 2014, total engineering costs increased 2.9% primarily due to increased expenses related to software design tools of $3.5 million, increased headcount related expenses of $2.1 million, increased bonus accrual expense of $1.5 million and increased cost of sales associated with increased sales of light guides and security products and engineering services of $1.5 million, offset by decreased accrual of retention bonuses of $1.5 million, decreased amortization costs of $1.5 million and decreased equipment and software maintenance costs of $0.7 million.
For the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the same period in 2013, total engineering costs increased 0.5% primarily due to increased cost of sales associated with sales of light guides of $6.5 million, increased headcount related costs of $1.8 million from higher number of employees in 2014, increased expenses related to software design tools of $1.9 million, increased prototyping costs of $1.7 million and legal patent costs of $0.7 million, offset by decreased accrual of retention bonuses related to acquisitions of $7.1 million as a result of the payouts, decreased amortization costs of $2.2 million and decreased information technology costs of $1.1 million.
In the near term, we expect engineering costs to be higher as we continue to make investments in the infrastructure and technologies required to maintain our product innovation in semiconductor, lighting, security and other technologies, including costs related to the acquisition of Smart Card Software.
Sales, general and administrative costs:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2014 to 2015
 
2013 to 2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
Change
 
Change
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
Sales, general and administrative costs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales, general and administrative costs
$
62.0

 
$
66.5

 
$
70.7

 
(6.7
)%
 
(6.0
)%
Litigation expense
0.3

 
0.8

 
(2.6
)
 
(67.3
)%
 
NM*

Stock-based compensation
8.3

 
7.5

 
8.3

 
10.7
 %
 
(10.7
)%
Total sales, general and administrative costs
$
70.6

 
$
74.8

 
$
76.4

 
(5.6
)%
 
(2.2
)%
______________________________________
*
NM — percentage is not meaningful
Sales, general and administrative expenses include expenses and costs associated with trade shows, public relations, advertising, litigation, general legal, insurance and other sales, marketing and administrative efforts. Litigation expenses have historically been a significant portion of our sales, general and administrative expenses and has declined over the past three years. Consistent with our business model, our licensing, sales and marketing activities aim to develop or strengthen relationships with potential new and current customers. In addition, we work with current customers through marketing, sales and technical efforts to drive adoption of their products that use our innovations and solutions, by system companies. Due to the long business development cycles we face and the semi-fixed nature of sales, general and administrative expenses in a given period, these expenses generally do not correlate to the level of revenue in that period or in recent or future periods.
For the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to 2014, total sales, general and administrative costs decreased 5.6% primarily due to decreased consulting costs of $3.1 million, decreased depreciation expense of $1.3 million, decreased software and equipment maintenance costs of $0.9 million and decreased litigation costs of $0.5 million, offset by increased headcount related expenses of $0.9 million and increased stock-based compensation expense of $0.8 million.
For the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to 2013, total sales, general and administrative costs decreased 2.2% due to decreased consulting costs of $2.5 million, decreased depreciation expense of $1.7 million, decreased stock-based compensation expenses of $0.9 million, decreased accrual of retention bonuses related to acquisitions of $0.8 million and decreased facilities costs of $0.6 million partially offset by the one-time reversal of accrued SK hynix and Micron related litigation costs of $9.0 million in the same period of 2013 and increased headcount related costs of $1.2 million from higher number of employees in 2014.
In the future, sales, general and administrative costs will vary from period to period based on the trade shows, advertising, legal, acquisition and other sales, marketing and administrative activities undertaken, and the change in sales, marketing and administrative headcount in any given period. In the near term, we expect our sales, general and administrative costs to be higher due to the acquisition of Smart Card Software.

34


Restructuring charges:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2014 to 2015
 
2013 to 2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
Change
 
Change
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
Restructuring charges
$
3.6

 
$
0.0

 
$
5.5

 
NM*
 
(99.3
)%
______________________________________
*
NM — percentage is not meaningful
During 2015, we initiated a restructuring program to reduce overall corporate expenses which is expected to improve future profitability by reducing spending on sales, general and administrative programs and refining some of our research and development efforts. As a result of the restructuring program, we recorded a charge of $3.6 million during 2015 related primarily to the reduction in workforce.
During 2013, we initiated a restructuring program related primarily to our LDT group as a result of the change in our business strategy to reduce our focus on the lower margin bulb products. Additionally, we curtailed spending on our immersive media platform. As a result of these actions, we recorded an immaterial charge related to this plan during 2014 and a charge of $3.4 million related primarily to the reduction in workforce in 2013. The restructuring plan was completed in 2014. Additionally, we recorded a charge of $2.1 million during 2013 related primarily to the consolidation of certain facilities and the reduction in workforce which was part of our approved 2012 plan.
Refer to Note 15, “Restructuring Charges,” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Form 10-K for further discussion.
Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2014 to 2015
 
2013 to 2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
Change
 
Change
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets
$

 
$

 
$
17.8

 
0.0
%
 
(100.0
)%
During 2015 and 2014, we did not record a charge for the impairment of long-lived assets or goodwill.
During 2013, we recorded a charge for the impairment of long-lived assets of $9.7 million related primarily to our LDT group as a result of the change in our business strategy to reduce our focus on the lower margin bulb products. Additionally, we recorded a charge for the impairment of goodwill of $8.1 million related to our MTD group as we curtailed our immersive media platform spending. Under generally accepted accounting principles, when indicators of potential impairment are identified, companies are required to conduct a review of the carrying amounts of goodwill and other long-lived assets to determine if impairment exists. We conducted this impairment review as a result of the change in our strategy related to the groups.
Refer to Note 5 “Intangible Assets and Goodwill,” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Form 10-K for further discussion.
Gain from sale of intellectual property:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2014 to 2015
 
2013 to 2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
Change
 
Change
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
Gain from sale of intellectual property
$
3.7

 
$
3.5

 
$
1.4

 
4.4
%
 
NM*
______________________________________
*
NM — percentage is not meaningful
During 2013, we sold portfolios of our patent assets covering lighting technologies. As part of these transactions, we received an initial upfront payment and expect to receive subsequent payments when the purchaser of the patents is successful in licensing that portfolio. During 2015 and 2014, we received $3.7 million and $3.4 million, respectively, from the purchaser of the patents related to this transaction which was recorded as gain from sale of intellectual property.
During 2014, we sold portfolios of our patent assets covering wireless and other technologies.
 

35


Gain from settlement:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2014 to 2015
 
2013 to 2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
Change
 
Change
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
Gain from settlement
$
2.0

 
$
2.0

 
$
0.5

 
0.0
%
 
NM*
______________________________________
*
NM — percentage is not meaningful
The settlements with SK hynix and Micron are multiple element arrangements for accounting purposes. For a multiple element arrangement, we are required to determine the fair value of the elements. We considered several factors in determining the accounting fair value of the elements of the settlement with SK hynix and the settlement with Micron which included a third party valuation using an income approach (the “SK hynix Fair Value” and "Micron Fair Value", respectively). The total gain from settlement related to the settlements with SK hynix and Micron was $1.9 million and $3.3 million, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, we recognized $2.0 million as gain from settlement in each year, which represents the portion of the SK hynix Fair Value and Micron Fair Value of the cash consideration allocated to the resolution of the antitrust litigation settlements. Refer to Note 18, “Agreements with SK hynix and Micron,” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Form 10-K for further discussion.
Interest and other income (expense), net:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2014 to 2015
 
2013 to 2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
Change
 
Change
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
Interest income and other income (expense), net
$
1.2

 
$
(0.3
)
 
$
(1.6
)
 
NM*

 
(82.7
)%
Interest expense
(12.4
)
 
(24.8
)
 
(32.9
)
 
(50.0
)%
 
(24.5
)%
Interest and other income (expense), net
$
(11.2
)
 
$
(25.1
)
 
$
(34.5
)
 
(55.4
)%
 
(27.2
)%
______________________________________
*
NM — percentage is not meaningful
Interest income and other income (expense), net, consists primarily of interest income generated from investments in high quality fixed income securities. Additionally, in 2013, during our review of the fair value of our $2.0 million investment in a non-marketable equity security of a private company, based on the information provided by the private company, we determined that there was a decrease in the security's fair value. The fair value of the non-marketable equity security was determined based on an income approach, using level 3 fair value inputs, as it was deemed to be the most indicative of the security's fair value. Accordingly, we recorded an impairment charge of $1.4 million related to our investment in the non-marketable equity security in 2013. In 2014, during our review of the remaining fair value of our $0.6 million investment in the non-marketable equity security of a private company, based on the information provided by the private company, we determined that there was a decrease in the security's fair value. Accordingly, we recorded an impairment charge for the entire remaining amount of $0.6 million related to our investment in the non-marketable equity security in 2014.
Interest expense consists of interest expense associated with our imputed facility lease obligations on the Sunnyvale and Ohio facilities and non-cash interest expense related to the amortization of the debt discount and issuance costs on the 5% convertible senior notes due 2014 (the “2014 Notes”) and the 1.125% convertible senior notes due 2018 (the “2018 Notes”), as well as the coupon interest related to these notes. Interest expense decreased in 2015 as compared to the same period in 2014 primarily due to the repayment of the 2014 Notes in the second quarter of 2014. Interest expense decreased in 2014 as compared to the same period in 2013 primarily due to the repayment of the 2014 Notes in second quarter of 2014. For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, we recognized $4.5 million, $4.5 million and $4.4 million, respectively, of interest expense in connection with the imputed financing obligations in our statements of operations. We expect our non-cash interest expense to increase steadily as the notes reach maturity. See Note 10, “Convertible Notes,” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Form 10-K for additional details.

36


Provision for (benefit from) income taxes:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2014 to 2015
 
2013 to 2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
Change
 
Change
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
$
(151.2
)
 
$
24.0

 
$
21.7

 
NM*
 
10.7
%
Effective tax rate
(251.0
)%
 
47.9
%
 
(180.8
)%
 
 
 
 
______________________________________
*
NM — percentage is not meaningful
Our effective tax rates for the year ended December 31, 2015 was different from the U.S. statutory tax primarily due to the release of the valuation allowance on our U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets, offset by federal, state, and foreign taxes. Our effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 were different from the U.S. statutory tax rate primarily due to the valuation allowance on our U.S. deferred tax assets and foreign withholding and income taxes.

We recorded a benefit from income taxes of $151.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, which was primarily comprised of tax benefit from the release of the valuation allowance on deferred taxes offset by federal state and foreign taxes. For the year ended December 31, 2015, we paid withholding taxes of $20.4 million. We recorded a provision for income taxes of $24.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, which was primarily comprised of withholding taxes, other foreign taxes and current state taxes. For the year ended December 31, 2014, we paid withholding taxes of $19.4 million. We recorded a provision for income taxes of $21.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, which was primarily comprised of withholding taxes, other foreign taxes and current state taxes. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we paid withholding taxes of $19.3 million.
We periodically evaluate the realizability of our net deferred tax assets based on all available evidence, both positive and negative. The realizability of our net deferred tax assets is dependent on our ability to generate sufficient future taxable income during periods prior to the expiration of tax attributes to fully utilize these assets. We evaluated the realizability of our net deferred tax assets based on all available evidence, both positive and negative, in determining that it was appropriate to release the valuation allowance for our U.S. federal and other state deferred tax assets of $174.5 million during the third quarter of 2015 in accordance with FASB ASC 740-10-30-16 to 25.
We emerged from a cumulative loss position over the previous three years during the first quarter of 2015. The cumulative three-year pre-tax income is considered positive evidence which is objective and verifiable, and thus, received significant weighting. The continued stability in our operations along with the increased visibility into the adoption of our security technology in the third quarter of 2015 provided additional evidence to our belief that we will generate sufficient taxable income in the future. Additional positive evidence considered by us in our assessment included a lack of unused operating loss carryforwards in our history as well as anticipated future benefits from our cost management. Negative evidence we considered included economic uncertainties such as volatility of the semiconductor industry and uncertainties associated with the development of new products that could impact our ability to generate a sustained level of future profits.
Upon considering the relative impact of all evidence during the third quarter of 2015, both negative and positive, and the weight accorded to each, we concluded that it was more likely than not that our deferred tax assets would be realizable with the exception of primarily our California deferred tax assets that have not met the “more likely than not” realization threshold criteria. As a result, we released the related valuation allowance against such deferred tax assets which is included as a component of the benefit from income taxes in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. We continue to maintain a deferred tax asset valuation allowance of $20.7 million as of December 31, 2015.
 

37



Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
December 31,
2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
(In millions)
Cash and cash equivalents
$
143.8

 
$
154.1

Marketable securities
143.9

 
146.0

Total cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities
$
287.7

 
$
300.1

 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
(In millions)
Net cash provided by operating activities
$
76.4

 
$
76.5

 
$
51.0

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
$
1.1

 
$
(97.9
)
 
$
(2.3
)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
$
(87.8
)
 
$
(163.0
)
 
$
141.1

Liquidity
We currently anticipate that existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities balances and cash flows from operations will be adequate to meet our cash needs for at least the next 12 months. Additionally, substantially all of our cash and cash equivalents are in the United States. Our cash needs for the year ended December 31, 2015 were funded primarily from cash collected from our customers.
We do not anticipate any liquidity constraints as a result of either the current credit environment or investment fair value fluctuations. Additionally, we have the intent and ability to hold our debt investments that have unrealized losses in accumulated other comprehensive gain (loss) for a sufficient period of time to allow for recovery of the principal amounts invested. Additionally, we have no significant exposure to European sovereign debt. We continually monitor the credit risk in our portfolio and mitigate our credit risk exposures in accordance with our policies.

As a part of our overall business strategy, from time to time, we evaluate businesses and technologies for potential acquisition that are aligned with our core business and designed to supplement our growth. On January 25, 2016, the Company acquired Smart Card Software, a privately held company who is a leader in mobile payments and a leading supplier of smart ticketing systems, which includes Bell Identification Ltd. and Ecebs Ltd. through the purchase of all outstanding shares of Smart Card Software for approximately $93 million in cash.

On January 21, 2015, our Board approved a share repurchase program authorizing the repurchase of up to an aggregate of 20.0 million shares. Share repurchases under the plan may be made through the open market, established plans or privately negotiated transactions in accordance with all applicable securities laws, rules, and regulations. There is no expiration date applicable to the plan.

On October 26, 2015, we initiated an accelerated share repurchase program with Citibank, N.A. The accelerated share repurchase program is part of the broader share repurchase program previously authorized by our Board on January 21, 2015. Under the accelerated share repurchase program, we pre-paid to Citibank, N.A., the $100.0 million purchase price for our common stock and, in turn, we received an initial delivery of approximately 7.8 million shares of our common stock from Citibank, N.A, which were retired and recorded as a $80.0 million reduction to stockholders' equity. The remaining $20.0 million of the initial payment was recorded as a reduction to stockholders’ equity as an unsettled forward contract indexed to our stock. The number of shares to be ultimately purchased by us will be determined based on the volume weighted average price of the common stock during the terms of the transaction, minus an agreed upon discount between the parties. The program is expected to be completed by June 2016.

As of December 31, 2015, there remained an outstanding authorization to repurchase approximately 12.2 million shares of our outstanding common stock under the current share repurchase program.

We record stock repurchases as a reduction to stockholders’ equity. We record a portion of the purchase price of the repurchased shares as an increase to accumulated deficit when the price of the shares repurchased exceeds the average original proceeds per share received from the issuance of common stock. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the cumulative price of $54.2 million was recorded as an increase to accumulated deficit. See “Share Repurchase Program” below.

38



Operating Activities
Cash provided by operating activities of $76.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 was primarily attributable to the cash generated from customer licensing. Additionally, there was a non-cash deferred tax adjustment to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities due to the release of the valuation allowance on our U.S. deferred tax assets of approximately $174.5 million during the third quarter of 2015. Changes in operating assets and liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2015 primarily included an increase in accounts receivable arising from a renewal of a license agreement with a technology licensing customer in the fourth quarter of 2015, an increase in prepaids and other current assets, and decrease in accrued salaries and benefits and other liabilities.

Cash provided by operating activities of $76.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 was primarily attributable to the cash generated from customer licensing. Changes in operating assets and liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2014 primarily included a decrease in accrued salaries and benefits and other accrued liabilities primarily due to the payment of retention bonuses and an increase in accounts receivable, offset by increases in income taxes payable and deferred revenue.
Cash provided by operating activities of $51.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 was primarily attributable to cash generated from customer licensing. Changes in operating assets and liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2013 primarily included decreases in accrued litigation expenses primarily due to the one-time reversal of accrued SK hynix and Micron related litigation costs and accrued salaries and benefits and other accrued liabilities primarily due to the payment of retention bonuses, offset by decreases in prepaid expenses and other assets.
Investing Activities
Cash provided by investing activities of $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 primarily consisted of proceeds from the maturities and sales of available-for-sale marketable securities of $112.7 million and $48.4 million, respectively. This was partially offset by cash paid for purchases of available-for-sale marketable securities of $157.8 million and $6.1 million paid to acquire property, plant and equipment. In addition, we received $3.9 million from the sale of intellectual property and the sale of property, plant and equipment.

Cash used in investing activities of $97.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 primarily consisted of cash paid for purchases of available-for-sale marketable securities of $240.3 million, offset by proceeds from the maturities and sales of available-for-sale marketable securities of $118.7 million and $25.0 million, respectively. In addition, we paid $7.2 million to acquire property, plant and equipment. We also received $5.9 million from the sale of intellectual property.
Cash used in investing activities of $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 primarily consisted of purchases of available-for-sale marketable securities of $125.6 million, partially offset by maturities of available-for-sale marketable securities of $119.6 million and proceeds from the sale of intellectual property of $2.3 million.
Financing Activities
Cash used in financing activities was $87.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and was primarily due to an aggregate payment of $100.0 million to Citibank, N.A., as part of our accelerated share repurchase program. We also paid $0.1 million in fees related to the accelerated share repurchase program. We received proceeds of $13.8 million from the issuance of common stock under equity incentive plans, paid $1.7 million due to payments under installment payment arrangements to acquire fixed assets and paid $0.5 million related to the principal payments against the lease financing obligation.

Cash used in financing activities was $163.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. We repaid the principal of the 2014 convertible senior notes amounting to $172.5 million, which became due in June 2014. We also received proceeds of $11.1 million from the issuance of common stock under equity incentive plans, paid $1.8 million due to payments under installment payment arrangements to acquire fixed assets and paid $0.3 million related to the principal payments against the lease financing obligation.
Cash provided by financing activities was $141.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. We received net proceeds of $134.4 million from the issuance of the 2018 Notes. Additionally, we received proceeds of $8.4 million from the issuance of common stock under our plans.
Contractual Obligations
On December 15, 2009, we entered into a lease agreement for approximately 125,000 square feet of office space located at 1050 Enterprise Way in Sunnyvale, California commencing on July 1, 2010 and expiring on June 30, 2020. The office space is used for our corporate headquarters, as well as engineering, sales, marketing and administrative operations and activities. We have two options to extend the lease for a period of 60 months each and a one-time option to terminate the lease after 84

39


months in exchange for an early termination fee. Pursuant to the terms of the lease, the landlord agreed to reimburse us approximately $9.1 million , which was received by the year ended December 31, 2011. We recognized the reimbursement as an additional imputed financing obligation as such payment from the landlord is deemed to be an imputed financing obligation. On November 4, 2011, to better plan for future expansion, we entered into an amended lease for our Sunnyvale facility for approximately an additional 31,000 square feet of space commencing on March 1, 2012 and expiring on June 30, 2020. Additionally, a tenant improvement allowance to be provided by the landlord was approximately $1.7 million . On September 29, 2012, we entered into a second amended Sunnyvale lease to reduce the tenant improvement allowance to approximately $1.5 million . On January 31, 2013, we entered into a third amendment to the Sunnyvale lease to surrender the 31,000 square-foot space from the first amendment back to the landlord and recorded a total charge of $2.0 million related to the surrender of the amended lease.
On March 8, 2010, we entered into a lease agreement for approximately 25,000 square feet of office and manufacturing areas, located in Brecksville, Ohio. The office space is used for LDT’s engineering activities while the manufacturing space is used for the manufacturer of prototypes. This lease was amended on September 29, 2011 to expand the facility to approximately 51,000 total square feet and the amended lease will expire on July 31, 2019. We have an option to extend the lease for a period of 60 months .
We undertook a series of structural improvements to ready the Sunnyvale and Brecksville facilities for our use. Since certain improvements to be constructed by us were considered structural in nature and we were responsible for any cost overruns, for accounting purposes, we were treated in substance as the owner of the construction project during the construction period. At the completion of each construction, we concluded that we retained sufficient continuing involvement to preclude de-recognition of the building under the FASB authoritative guidance applicable to the sale leasebacks of real estate. As such, we continue to account for the building as owned real estate and to record an imputed financing obligation for our obligation to the legal owners.
Monthly lease payments on the facility are allocated between the land element of the lease (which is accounted for as an operating lease) and the imputed financing obligation. The imputed financing obligation is amortized using the effective interest method and the interest rate was determined in accordance with the requirements of sale leaseback accounting. For the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , we recognized in our Consolidated Statements of Operations $4.5 million , $4.5 million and $4.4 million , respectively, of interest expense in connection with the imputed financing obligation on these facilities. At December 31, 2015 and 2014 , the imputed financing obligation balance in connection with these facilities was $39.3 million and $39.5 million , respectively, which was primarily classified under long-term imputed financing obligation.
In November 2011, we entered into a lease agreement for approximately 26,000 square feet of office space in San Francisco, California to be used for CRD’s office space and is treated as an operating lease. This lease has a commencement date of February 1, 2012 and a lease term of 75 months from the commencement date. The annual base rent includes certain rent abatement and increases annually over the lease term.
In connection with the June 3, 2011 acquisition of CRD, we were obligated to pay a retention bonus to certain CRD employees and contractors, subject to certain eligibility and acceleration provisions including the condition of employment, in three equal amounts of approximately $16.7 million . All three payments have been paid as of December 31, 2014 with the last portion paid in 2014.
On June 29, 2009, we entered into an Indenture with U.S. Bank, National Association, as trustee, relating to the issuance by us of $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 2014 Notes. On July 10, 2009, an additional $22.5 million in aggregate principal amount of 2014 Notes were issued as a result of the underwriters exercising their overallotment option. During the second quarter of 2014, we paid upon maturity the entire $172.5 million in aggregate principal amount of the 2014 Notes. See Note 10, “Convertible Notes,” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Form 10-K for additional details.
On August 16, 2013, we entered into an Indenture with U.S. Bank, National Association, as trustee, relating to the issuance by us of $138.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 2018 Notes. The aggregate principal amount of the 2018 Notes as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $138.0 million , offset by unamortized debt discount of $ 17.1 million and $22.9 million, respectively, on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The unamortized discount related to the 2018 Notes is being amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the remaining 32 months until maturity of the 2018 Notes on August 15, 2018. See Note 10, “Convertible Notes,” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Form 10-K for additional details.

40


As of December 31, 2015 , our material contractual obligations are as follows (in thousands):
 
Total
 
2016
 
2017
 
2018
 
2019
 
2020
 
Thereafter
Contractual obligations (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Imputed financing obligation (2)
$
28,376

 
$
6,156

 
$
6,302

 
$
6,447

 
$
6,602

 
$
2,869

 
$

Leases and other contractual obligations
6,646

 
4,321

 
1,569

 
546

 
210

 

 

Software licenses (3)
3,166

 
2,427

 
549

 
190

 

 

 

Convertible notes
138,000

 

 

 
138,000

 

 

 

Interest payments related to convertible notes
4,658

 
1,553

 
1,553

 
1,552

 

 

 

Total
$
180,846

 
$
14,457

 
$
9,973

 
$
146,735

 
$
6,812

 
$
2,869

 
$

______________________________________
(1)
The above table does not reflect possible payments in connection with uncertain tax benefits of approximately $20.8 million including $18.6 million recorded as a reduction of long-term deferred tax assets and $2.2 million in long-term income taxes payable, as of December 31, 2015 . As noted in Note 16, “Income Taxes,” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Form 10-K, although it is possible that some of the unrecognized tax benefits could be settled within the next 12 months , we cannot reasonably estimate the outcome at this time.
(2)
With respect to the imputed financing obligation, the main components of the difference between the amount reflected in the contractual obligations table and the amount reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheets are the interest on the imputed financing obligation and the estimated common area expenses over the future periods. The amount includes the amended Ohio lease and the amended Sunnyvale lease.
(3)
We have commitments with various software vendors for non-cancellable agreements generally having terms longer than one year.
Share Repurchase Program
On January 21, 2015, our Board approved a share repurchase program authorizing the repurchase of up to an aggregate of 20.0 million shares. Share repurchases under the plan may be made through the open market, established plans or privately negotiated transactions in accordance with all applicable securities laws, rules, and regulations. There is no expiration date applicable to the plan. 
On October 26, 2015, we initiated an accelerated share repurchase program with Citibank, N.A. The accelerated share repurchase program is part of the broader share repurchase program previously authorized by our Board on January 21, 2015. Under the accelerated share repurchase program, we pre-paid to Citibank, N.A., the $100.0 million purchase price for our common stock and, in turn, we received an initial delivery of approximately 7.8 million shares of our common stock from Citibank, N.A, which were retired and recorded as a $80.0 million reduction to stockholders' equity. The remaining $20.0 million of the initial payment was recorded as a reduction to stockholders’ equity as an unsettled forward contract indexed to our stock. The number of shares to be ultimately purchased by us will be determined based on the volume weighted average price of the common stock during the terms of the transaction, minus an agreed upon discount between the parties. The program is expected to be completed by June 2016.

As of December 31, 2015, there remained an outstanding authorization to repurchase approximately 12.2 million shares of our outstanding common stock under the current share repurchase program.

We record stock repurchases as a reduction to stockholders’ equity. We record a portion of the purchase price of the repurchased shares as an increase to accumulated deficit when the price of the shares repurchased exceeds the average original proceeds per share received from the issuance of common stock. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the cumulative price of $54.2 million was recorded as an increase to accumulated deficit.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets,

41


liabilities, revenue and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, investments, income taxes, litigation and other contingencies. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
We believe the following critical accounting policies affect our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.
Revenue Recognition
Overview
We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, we have delivered the product or performed the service, the fee is fixed or determinable and collection is reasonably assured. If any of these criteria are not met, we defer recognizing the revenue until such time as all criteria are met. Determination of whether or not these criteria have been met may require us to make judgments, assumptions and estimates based upon current information and historical experience.
Certain revenue contracts consist of service fees associated with integration of our solutions into our customers’ products and fees associated with providing training, evaluation and test equipment to our customers. Under the accounting guidance, if the deliverables have standalone value upon delivery, we account for each deliverable separately. When multiple deliverables included in an arrangement are separated into different units of accounting, the arrangement consideration is allocated to the identified separate units based on a relative selling price hierarchy. We determine the relative selling price for a deliverable based on our best estimate of selling price (“BESP”). We have determined that vendor-specific objective evidence of selling price for each deliverable is not available as there lacks a consistent number of standalone sales and third-party evidence is not a practical alternative due to differences in our service offerings compared to other parties and the availability of relevant third-party pricing information. We determined BESP by considering our overall pricing objectives and market conditions. Significant pricing practices taken into consideration include our discounting practices, the size and volume of our transactions, the customer demographic, the geographic area where our services are sold, our price lists, our go-to-market strategy, historical standalone sales and contract prices. The determination of BESP is made through consultation with and approval by management, taking into consideration the go-to-market strategy. As our go-to-market strategies evolve, we may modify our pricing practices in the future, which could result in changes in relative selling prices. In most cases, the relative values of the undelivered components are not significant to the overall arrangement and are typically delivered within twelve months after the core product has been delivered. In such agreements, selling price is determined for each component and any difference between the total of the separate BESP and total contract consideration (i.e. discount) is allocated pro-rata across each of the components in the arrangement.
During 2013, we expanded our business strategy of monetizing our patent portfolio to include the sale of selected intellectual property. Our MID business continues to grow its patent portfolio and actively engage with various external parties to monetize the patent portfolio and explore new revenue opportunities. As the sales of such patents developed by our MID business unit under this expanded strategy represents a component of our ongoing major or central operations, we record the related proceeds as revenue. As patent sales executed under this expanded strategy represent a component of our ongoing major or central operations and activities, we will record the related proceeds as revenue. We will recognize the revenue when there is persuasive evidence of a sales arrangement, fees are fixed or determinable, delivery has occurred and collectibility is reasonably assured. These requirements are generally fulfilled upon closing of the patent sale transaction.
Our revenue consists of royalty revenue and contract and other revenue derived from MID, CRD and LDT operating segments. Royalty revenue consists of patent license and technology license royalties. Contract and other revenue consists of fixed license fees, fixed engineering fees and service fees associated with integration of our technology solutions into our customers’ products as well as sale of products.
Royalty Revenue
We generally recognize royalty revenue upon notification by our customers and when deemed collectible. The terms of the royalty agreements generally either require customers to give us notification and to pay the royalties within a specified period or are based on a fixed royalty that is due within a specified period. Many of our customers have the right to cancel their licenses. In such arrangements, revenue is only recognized to the extent that is consistent with the cancellation provisions. Cancellation provisions within such contracts generally provide for a prospective cancellation with no refund of fees already remitted by customers for products provided and payment for services rendered prior to the date of cancellation. We have two types of royalty revenue: (1) patent license royalties and (2) technology license royalties.

42


Patent licenses -  We license our broad portfolio of patented inventions to companies who use these inventions in the development and manufacture of their own products. Such licensing agreements may cover the license of part, or all, of our patent portfolio. The contractual terms of the agreements generally provide for payments over an extended period of time. For the licensing agreements with fixed royalty payments, we generally recognize revenue from these arrangements as amounts become due. For the licensing agreements with variable royalty payments which can be based on either a percentage of sales or number of units sold, we earn royalties at the time that the customers’ sales occur. Our customers, however, do not report and pay royalties owed for sales in any given quarter until after the conclusion of that quarter. As we are unable to estimate the customers’ sales in any given quarter to determine the royalties due to us, we recognize royalty revenues based on royalties reported by customers during the quarter and when other revenue recognition criteria are met.
In addition, we may enter into certain settlements of patent infringement disputes. The amount of consideration received upon any settlement (including but not limited to past royalty payments, future royalty payments and punitive damages) is allocated to each element of the settlement based on the fair value of each element. In addition, revenues related to past royalties are recognized upon execution of the agreement by both parties, provided that the amounts are fixed or determinable, there are no significant undelivered obligations and collectability is reasonably assured. We do not recognize any revenues prior to execution of the agreement since there is no reliable basis on which we can estimate the amounts for royalties related to previous periods or assess collectability. Elements that are related to royalty revenue in nature (including but not limited to past royalty payments and future royalty payments) will be recorded as royalty revenue in the consolidated statements of operations. Elements that are not related to royalty revenue in nature (including but not limited to punitive damage and settlement) will be recorded as gain from settlement which is reflected as a separate line item within the operating expenses section in the consolidated statements of operations.
Technology licenses -  We develop proprietary and industry-standard products that we provide to our customers under technology license agreements. These arrangements include royalties, which can be based on either a percentage of sales or number of units sold. We earn royalties on such licensed products sold worldwide by our customers at the time that the customers’ sales occur. Our customers, however, do not report and pay royalties owed for sales in any given quarter until after the conclusion of that quarter. As we are unable to estimate the customers’ sales in any given quarter to determine the royalties due to us, we recognize royalty revenues based on royalties reported by customers during the quarter and when other revenue recognition criteria are met.
Contract and Other Revenue
We recognize revenue from the sale of products when risk of loss and title have transferred to customers provided all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. We accrue for sales returns and warranty based on experience, none of which are currently material.
We generally recognize revenue using percentage of completion or proportional performance for development contracts related to licenses of our solutions that involve significant engineering and integration services. For all license and service agreements accounted for using the percentage-of-completion method, we determine progress to completion using input measures based upon contract costs incurred. We have evaluated use of output measures versus input measures and have determined that our output is not sufficiently uniform with respect to cost, time and effort per unit of output to use output measures as a measure of progress to completion.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in each business combination. Goodwill is not subject to amortization, but is subject to at least an annual assessment for impairment, applying a fair-value based test. We perform our impairment analysis of goodwill on an annual basis during the fourth quarter of the year unless conditions arise that warrant a more frequent evaluation.
Goodwill is allocated to the various reporting units which are generally operating segments. The goodwill impairment test involves a two-step process. In the first step, we compare the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value. The fair values of the reporting units are estimated using an income or discounted cash flows approach.
Under the income approach, we measure fair value of the reporting unit based on a projected cash flow method using a discount rate determined by our management which is commensurate with the risk inherent in our current business model. Our discounted cash flow projections are based on our annual financial forecasts developed internally by management for use in managing our business. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill is not impaired and no further testing is required. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value, we must perform the second step of the impairment test to measure the amount of impairment loss. In the second step, the reporting unit's fair value is allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit, including any unrecognized intangible assets, in a hypothetical analysis that

43


calculates the implied fair value of goodwill in the same manner as if the reporting unit was being acquired by a market participant in a business combination. If the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill is less than the carrying value, the difference is recorded as an impairment loss.
As of December 31, 2015, the fair value of the MID reporting unit, with $19.9 million of goodwill, exceeded the carrying value of its net assets by approximately 226% and the fair value of the CRD reporting unit, with $97.0 million of goodwill, exceeded the carrying value of its net assets by approximately 45% . Key assumptions used to determine the fair value of the MID and CRD reporting units at December 31, 2015, were the revenue growth rates for the forecast period and terminal year, terminal growth rates and discount rates. Certain estimates used in the income approach involve information for new product lines with limited financial history and developing revenue models which increase the risk of differences between the projected and actual performance. The discount rate of 13% for MID and 20% for CRD is based on the reporting units’ overall risk profile relative to other guideline companies, market adoption of our technology, the reporting units’ respective industry as well as the visibility of future expected cash flows. The terminal growth rate applied to determine fair value for both reporting units was 3% , which was based on historical experience as well as anticipated economic conditions, industry data and long term outlook for the business. These assumptions are inherently uncertain.
Given the current economic environment and the uncertainties regarding the impact on our business, there can be no assurance that the estimates and assumptions made for purposes of our goodwill impairment testing in the fourth quarter of 2015 will prove to be accurate predictions of the future. If our assumptions regarding forecasted revenues or operating margin rates are not achieved, we may be required to record goodwill impairment charges in future periods, whether in connection with the next annual impairment testing or prior to that if any change constitutes a triggering event outside of the period when the annual goodwill impairment test is performed. It is not possible at this time to determine if any such future impairment charge would result or, if it does, whether such charge would be material. We believe that the assumptions and rates used in our impairment test are reasonable. However, they are judgmental, and variations in any of the assumptions or rates could result in materially different calculations of impairment amounts.
Intangible Assets
Intangible assets are comprised of existing technology, customer contracts and contractual relationships, and other intangible assets. Identifiable intangible assets resulting from the acquisitions of entities accounted for using the purchase method of accounting are estimated by management based on the fair value of assets received. Identifiable intangible assets are being amortized over the period of estimated benefit using the straight-line method and estimated useful lives ranging from 1 to 10 years.
We amortize long-lived assets over their estimated useful lives. We evaluate long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. The carrying value is not recoverable if it exceeds the undiscounted cash flows resulting from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. Our estimates of future cash flows attributable to our long-lived assets require significant judgment based on our historical and anticipated results and are subject to many factors. Factors we consider important which could trigger an impairment review include significant negative industry or economic trends, significant loss of clients, and significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business.
When we determine that the carrying value of the long-lived assets may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of the above indicators of impairment, we measure the potential impairment based on a projected discounted cash flow method using a discount rate determined by our management to be commensurate with the risk inherent in our current business model. An impairment loss is recognized only if the carrying amount of the long-lived asset is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. Different assumptions and judgments could materially affect the calculation of the fair value of our long-lived assets.
Income Taxes
As part of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to calculate the income tax expense or benefit which relates to the pretax income or loss for the period. In addition, we are required to assess the realization of the deferred tax asset or liability to be included on the consolidated balance sheet as of the reporting dates.
As of December 31, 2015, our consolidated balance sheet included net deferred tax assets, before valuation allowance, of approximately $183.2 million, which consists of net operating loss carryovers, tax credit carryovers, amortization, employee stock-based compensation expenses and certain liabilities, partially reduced by deferred tax liabilities associated with the convertible debt instruments. As of December 31, 2015, we have a valuation allowance of $20.7 million resulting in net deferred tax assets of $162.5 million.
We periodically evaluate the realizability of our net deferred tax assets based on all available evidence, both positive and negative. The realizability of our net deferred tax assets is dependent on our ability to generate sufficient future taxable income

44


during periods prior to the expiration of tax attributes to fully utilize these assets. We evaluated the realizability of our net deferred tax assets based on all available evidence, both positive and negative, in determining that it was appropriate to release the valuation allowance for our U.S. federal and other state deferred tax assets of $174.5 million during the third quarter of 2015 in accordance with FASB ASC 740-10-30-16 to 25.
We emerged from a cumulative loss position over the previous three years during the first quarter of 2015. The cumulative three-year pre-tax income is considered positive evidence which is objective and verifiable, and thus, received significant weighting. The continued stability in our operations along with the increased visibility into the adoption of our security technology in the third quarter of 2015 provided additional evidence to our belief that we will generate sufficient taxable income in the future. Additional positive evidence considered by us in our assessment included a lack of unused operating loss carryforwards in our history as well as anticipated future benefits from our cost management. Negative evidence we considered included economic uncertainties such as volatility of the semiconductor industry and uncertainties associated with the development of new products that could impact our ability to generate a sustained level of future profits.
Upon considering the relative impact of all evidence during the third quarter of 2015, both negative and positive, and the weight accorded to each, we concluded that it was more likely than not that our deferred tax assets would be realizable with the exception of primarily our California deferred tax assets that have not met the “more likely than not” realization threshold criteria. As a result, we released the related valuation allowance against such deferred tax assets which is included as a component of the benefit from income taxes in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. We continue to maintain a deferred tax asset valuation allowance of $20.7 million as of December 31, 2015.
We maintain liabilities for uncertain tax positions within our long-term income taxes payable accounts and as a reduction to existing deferred tax assets to the extent tax attributes are available to offset such liabilities. These liabilities involve judgment and estimation and are monitored by us based on the best information available including changes in tax regulations, the outcome of relevant court cases and other information.
Tax attributes related to stock option windfall deductions are not to be recognized until they result in a reduction of cash taxes payable. The benefit of these excess tax benefits will be recorded to equity when they reduce cash taxes payable. We will only recognize a tax benefit from stock-based awards in additional paid-in capital if an incremental tax benefit is realized after all other tax attributes currently available have been utilized. In addition, we have elected to account for the indirect effects of stock-based awards on other tax attributes, such as the research tax credits, through the consolidated statement of operations as part of the tax effect of stock-based compensation.
The calculation of our tax liabilities involves uncertainties in the application of complex tax law and regulations in a multitude of jurisdictions. Although ASC 740 Income Taxes, provides further clarification on the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, significant judgment is required by us. If the ultimate resolution of tax uncertainties is different from what is currently estimated, it could materially affect income tax expense.
Stock-Based Compensation
We maintained stock plans covering a broad range of potential equity grants including stock options, nonvested equity stock and equity stock units and performance based instruments. In addition, we sponsor an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”), whereby eligible employees are entitled to purchase Common Stock semi-annually, by means of limited payroll deductions, at a 15% discount from the fair market value of the Common Stock as of specific dates.
The accounting guidance for share-based payments requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense in our statement of operations for all share-based payment awards made to our employees, directors and consultants including employee stock options, nonvested equity stock and equity stock units, and employee stock purchase grants. Stock-based compensation expense is measured at grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award, reduced by an estimate of the annualized rate of expected forfeitures, and is recognized as expense over the employees’ expected requisite service period, generally using the straight-line method. In addition, the accounting guidance for share-based payments requires the benefits of tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation expense to be reported as a financing cash flow, rather than as an operating cash flow as prescribed under previous accounting rules. Our forfeiture rate represents the historical rate at which our stock-based awards were surrendered prior to vesting. The accounting guidance for share-based payments requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised on a cumulative basis, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. See Note 12, “Equity Incentive Plans and Stock-Based Compensation,” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Form 10-K for more information regarding the valuation of stock-based compensation.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 3, “Recent Accounting Pronouncements,” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Form 10-K for a full description of recent accounting pronouncements including the respective expected dates of adoption.

45



Item 7A.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
We are exposed to financial market risks, primarily arising from the effect of interest rate fluctuations on our investment portfolio. Interest rate fluctuation may arise from changes in the market’s view of the quality of the security issuer, the overall economic outlook, and the time to maturity of our portfolio. We mitigate this risk by investing only in high quality, highly liquid instruments. Securities with original maturities of one year or less must be rated by two of the three industry standard rating agencies as follows: A1 by Standard & Poor’s, P1 by Moody’s and/or F-1 by Fitch. Securities with original maturities of greater than one year must be rated by two of the following industry standard rating agencies as follows: AA- by Standard & Poor’s, Aa3 by Moody’s and/or AA- by Fitch. By corporate investment policy, we limit the amount of exposure to $15.0 million or 10% of the portfolio, whichever is lower, for any single non-U.S. Government issuer. A single U.S. Agency can represent up to 25% of the portfolio. No more than 20% of the total portfolio may be invested in the securities of an industry sector, with money market fund investments evaluated separately. Our policy requires that at least 10% of the portfolio be in securities with a maturity of 90 days or less. We may make investments in U.S. Treasuries, U.S. Agencies, corporate bonds and municipal bonds and notes with maturities up to 36 months. However, the bias of our investment portfolio is shorter maturities. All investments must be U.S. dollar denominated. Additionally, we have no significant exposure to European sovereign debt.
We invest our cash equivalents and marketable securities in a variety of U.S. dollar financial instruments such as U.S. Treasuries, U.S. Government Agencies, commercial paper and corporate notes. Our policy specifically prohibits trading securities for the sole purposes of realizing trading profits. However, we may liquidate a portion of our portfolio if we experience unforeseen liquidity requirements. In such a case, if the environment has been one of rising interest rates we may experience a realized loss, similarly, if the environment has been one of declining interest rates we may experience a realized gain. As of December 31, 2015, we had an investment portfolio of fixed income marketable securities of $252.7 million including cash equivalents. If market interest rates were to increase immediately and uniformly by 1.0% from the levels as of December 31, 2015, the fair value of the portfolio would decline by approximately $0.6 million. Actual results may differ materially from this sensitivity analysis.
The fair value of our convertible notes is subject to interest rate risk, market risk and other factors due to the convertible feature. The fair value of the convertible notes will generally increase as interest rates fall and decrease as interest rates rise. In addition, the fair value of the convertible notes will generally increase as our common stock price increases and will generally decrease as our common stock price declines in value. The interest and market value changes affect the fair value of our convertible notes but do not impact our financial position, cash flows or results of operations due to the fixed nature of the debt obligation.
We invoice our customers in U.S. dollars. Although the fluctuation of currency exchange rates may impact our customers, and thus indirectly impact us, we do not attempt to hedge this indirect and speculative risk. Our overseas operations consist primarily of design centers in Canada, India, Finland and France and small business development offices in Japan, Korea and Taiwan. We monitor our foreign currency exposure; however, as of December 31, 2015, we believe our foreign currency exposure is not material enough to warrant foreign currency hedging.
Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
See Item 15 “Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules” of this Form 10-K for required financial statements and supplementary data.
Item 9.
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A.
Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports we file or submit pursuant to the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 as amended (“Exchange Act”) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

46

Table of Contents

Management, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of December 31, 2015, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is the process designed by, or under the supervision of, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, and effected by our board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and includes those policies and procedures that:
(i)
pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect our transactions and dispositions of assets;
(ii)
provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with the authorization of our management and directors; and
(iii)
provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015. In making this assessment, our management used the criteria set forth in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on the results of this assessment, management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2015, our internal control over financial reporting was effective based on the criteria in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.
The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears herein.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There was no change in internal control over financial reporting during the last fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Item 9B.
Other Information
None.

47

Table of Contents

PART III
Item 10.
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
The information responsive to this item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement for our 2016 annual meeting of stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The information under the heading “Our Executive Officers” in Part I, Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is also incorporated herein by reference.
We have a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for all of our directors, officers and employees. Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is available on our website at http://investor.rambus.com/corporate-governance-document.cfm?DocumentID=8379. To date, there have been no waivers under our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics. We will post any amendments or waivers, if and when granted, of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics on our website.
Item 11.
Executive Compensation
The information responsive to this item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement for our 2016 annual meeting of stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Item 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
The information responsive to this item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement for our 2016 annual meeting of stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Item 13.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The information responsive to this item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement for our 2016 annual meeting of stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 14.
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
The information responsive to this item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement for our 2016 annual meeting of stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


48

Table of Contents

PART IV
Item 15.
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a)    (1) Financial Statements
The following consolidated financial statements of the Registrant and Report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, are included herewith:
 
Page
(a)    (2) Financial Statement Schedule
All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the notes thereto.


49

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Rambus Inc.:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(1) present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Rambus Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

As discussed in Note 3, "Recent Accounting Pronouncements," to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it has classified deferred taxes on its consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2015, on a prospective basis.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 
San Jose, California
 
February 19, 2016
 


50

Table of Contents

RAMBUS INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)
ASSETS
 
 
 
Current assets:
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
143,764

 
$
154,126

Marketable securities
143,942

 
145,983

Accounts receivable
16,408

 
6,001

Prepaids and other current assets
11,476

 
8,541

Deferred taxes

 
187

Total current assets
315,590

 
314,838

Intangible assets, net
64,266

 
89,371

Goodwill
116,899

 
116,899

Property, plant and equipment, net
56,616

 
64,023

Deferred taxes, long term
162,485

 
536

Other assets
3,648

 
2,612

Total assets
$
719,504

 
$
588,279

LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
 
 
Current liabilities:
 
 
 
Accounts payable
$
4,096

 
$
6,962

Accrued salaries and benefits
12,278

 
14,840

Deferred revenue
5,780

 
4,133

Other current liabilities
6,212

 
8,723

Total current liabilities
28,366

 
34,658

Convertible notes, long-term
120,901

 
115,089

Long-term imputed financing obligation
38,625

 
39,063

Long-term income taxes payable
2,903

 
2,769

Other long-term liabilities
2,176

 
5,078

Total liabilities
192,971

 
196,657

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 11 and 17)

 

Stockholders’ equity:
 
 
 
Convertible preferred stock, $.001 par value:
 
 
 
Authorized: 5,000,000 shares; Issued and outstanding: no shares at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

 

Common Stock, $.001 par value:
 
 
 
Authorized: 500,000,000 shares; Issued and outstanding: 109,287,591 shares at December 31, 2015 and 115,161,675 shares at December 31, 2014
109

 
115

Additional paid in capital
1,130,368

 
1,153,435

Accumulated deficit
(604,317
)
 
(761,526
)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
373

 
(402
)
Total stockholders’ equity
526,533

 
391,622

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
719,504

 
$
588,279

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

51

Table of Contents

RAMBUS INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenue:
 
 
 
 
 
Royalties
$
262,415

 
$
271,521

 
$
264,111

Contract and other revenue
33,863

 
25,037

 
7,390

Total revenue
296,278

 
296,558

 
271,501

Operating costs and expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of revenue*
45,344

 
41,947

 
33,215

Research and development*
111,110

 
110,025

 
117,981

Sales, general and administrative*
70,554

 
74,770

 
76,467

Restructuring charges
3,576

 
39

 
5,546

Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets

 

 
17,751

Gain from sale of intellectual property
(3,686
)
 
(3,529
)
 
(1,388
)
Gain from settlement
(2,040
)
 
(2,040
)
 
(535
)
Total operating costs and expenses
224,858

 
221,212

 
249,037

Operating income
71,420

 
75,346

 
22,464

Interest income and other income (expense), net
1,224

 
(276
)
 
(1,596
)
Interest expense
(12,413
)
 
(24,820
)
 
(32,885
)
Interest and other income (expense), net
(11,189
)
 
(25,096
)
 
(34,481
)
Income before income taxes
60,231

 
50,250

 
(12,017
)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
(151,157
)
 
24,049

 
21,731

Net income (loss)
$
211,388

 
$
26,201

 
$
(33,748
)
Net income per share:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
1.84

 
$
0.23

 
$
(0.30
)
Diluted
$
1.80

 
$
0.22

 
$
(0.30
)
Weighted average shares used in per share calculations:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
114,814

 
114,318

 
112,415

Diluted
117,484

 
117,624

 
112,415

______________________________________
* Includes stock-based compensation:
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of revenue
$
63

 
$
44

 
$
19

Research and development
$
6,762

 
$
7,216

 
$
6,597

Sales, general and administrative
$
8,271

 
$
7,470

 
$
8,365

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


52

Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
(In thousands)
Net income (loss)
$
211,388

 
$
26,201

 
$
(33,748
)
Other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

Unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities, net of tax
775

 
(97
)
 
(5
)
Total comprehensive income (loss)
$
212,163

 
$
26,104

 
$
(33,753
)
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

53

Table of Contents

RAMBUS INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
Common Stock
 
Additional Paid-in Capital
 
Accumulated Deficit
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Gain (Loss)
 
 
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
 
 
 
Total
 
(In thousands)
Balances at December 31, 2012
111,525
 
$
112

 
$
1,075,761

 
$
(753,979
)
 
$
(300
)
 
$
321,594

Net loss

 

 

 
(33,748)
 

 
(33,748
)
Unrealized loss on marketable securities, net of tax

 

 

 

 
(5)
 
(5)
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options, equity stock and employee stock purchase plan
1,934
 
1
 
7,864
 

 

 
7,865
Stock-based compensation

 

 
14,981
 

 

 
14,981
Equity component of 1.125% convertible senior notes due 2018

 

 
29,542

 

 

 
29,542

Balances at December 31, 2013
113,459

113

1,128,148

(787,727
)

(305
)
 
340,229

Net income

 

 

 
26,201

 

 
26,201

Unrealized loss on marketable securities, net of tax

 

 

 

 
(97)
 
(97)
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options, equity stock and employee stock purchase plan
1,703
 
2
 
10,557
 

 

 
10,559
Stock-based compensation

 

 
14,730
 

 

 
14,730

Balances at December 31, 2014
115,162
 
115

 
1,153,435

 
(761,526
)
 
(402
)
 
391,622

Net income

 

 

 
211,388

 

 
211,388

Unrealized gain on marketable securities, net of tax

 

 

 

 
775
 
775
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options, equity stock and employee stock purchase plan
1,938
 
2
 
13,075
 

 

 
13,077
Repurchase and retirement of common stock under repurchase plan, including prepayment under accelerated share repurchase program
(7,812
)
 
(8
)
 
(45,926
)
 
(54,179
)
 

 
(100,113
)
Stock-based compensation

 

 
15,096
 

 

 
15,096
Tax shortfall from stock option forfeitures

 

 
(5,312)
 

 

 
(5,312)
Balances at December 31, 2015
109,288
 
$
109

 
$
1,130,368

 
$
(604,317
)
 
$
373

 
$
526,533

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

54

Table of Contents

RAMBUS INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
(In thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)
$
211,388

 
$
26,201

 
$
(33,748
)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Stock-based compensation
15,096

 
14,730

 
14,981

Depreciation
12,379

 
13,625

 
15,451

Amortization of intangible assets
25,074

 
26,618

 
28,909

Non-cash interest expense and amortization of convertible debt issuance costs
6,372

 
14,763

 
19,296

Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets

 

 
17,751

Impairment of investment in non-marketable equity security

 
600

 
1,400

Deferred tax (benefit) provision
(173,453
)
 
1,829

 
1,619

Non-cash restructuring
583

 

 
653

Gain from sale of intellectual property and property, plant and equipment, net
(3,670
)
 
(3,529
)
 
(1,024
)
Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions:

 

 

Accounts receivable
(10,407
)
 
(3,750
)
 
(1,722
)
Prepaids and other assets
(4,454
)
 
(2,431
)
 
6,174

Accounts payable
(2,621
)
 
2,006

 
(1,544
)
Accrued salaries and benefits and other accrued liabilities
(4,030
)
 
(20,125
)
 
(8,791
)
Income taxes payable
1,078

 
2,263

 
(716
)
Deferred revenue
3,107

 
3,667

 
(7,647
)
Net cash provided by operating activities
76,442

 
76,467

 
51,042

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

Purchases of property, plant and equipment
(6,132
)
 
(7,204
)
 
(6,938
)
Acquisition of intangible assets

 

 
(2,656
)
Purchases of marketable securities
(157,811
)
 
(240,281
)
 
(125,554
)
Maturities of marketable securities
112,721

 
118,735

 
119,600

Proceeds from sale of marketable securities
48,380

 
24,986

 
11,020

Proceeds from sale of intellectual property and property, plant and equipment, net
3,933

 
5,859

 
2,255

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
1,091

 
(97,905
)
 
(2,273
)
Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of convertible senior notes

 

 
138,000

Issuance costs related to issuance of convertible senior notes

 

 
(3,603
)
Proceeds received from issuance of common stock under employee stock plans
13,783

 
11,079

 
8,391

Payments under installment payment arrangement
(1,717
)
 
(1,773
)
 
(1,829
)
Principal payments against financing lease obligation
(478
)
 
(322
)
 
(178
)
Repurchase and retirement of common stock, including prepayment under accelerated share repurchase program
(100,113
)
 

 

Incremental tax benefits from stock-based compensation
747

 
481

 
300

    Repayment of senior convertible notes

 
(172,500
)
 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
(87,778
)
 
(163,035
)
 
141,081

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
(117
)
 
(97
)
 
(138
)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
(10,362
)
 
(184,570
)
 
189,712

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
154,126

 
338,696

 
148,984

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
$
143,764

 
$
154,126

 
$
338,696

 
 
 
 
 
 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
 
 
 
 
 
Cash paid during the period for:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest
$
1,553

 
$
5,861

 
$
8,625

Income taxes, net of refunds
$
21,679

 
$
20,691

 
$
18,720

Non-cash investing and financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Property, plant and equipment received and accrued in accounts payable and other accrued liabilities
$
240

 
$
548

 
$
5,909

Re-measurement of investment upon initial public offering
$
1,264

 
$

 
$

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

55

Table of Contents

RAMBUS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Formation and Business of the Company
Rambus Inc. (the “Company” or “Rambus”) was incorporated in California in March 1990 and reincorporated in Delaware in March 1997. In addition to licensing, the Company is creating new business opportunities through offering products and services where its goal is to perpetuate strong company operating performance and long-term stockholder value. The Company generates revenue by licensing its inventions and solutions, selling its semiconductor products and providing services to market-leading companies.     
While the Company has historically focused its efforts on the development of technologies for electronics memory and chip interfaces, the Company has expanded its portfolio of inventions and solutions to address additional markets in lighting, chip and system security, as well as new areas within the semiconductor industry, such as computational sensing and imaging. The Company intends to continue its growth into new technology fields, consistent with its mission to create great value through the Company's innovations and to make those technologies available through both its licensing and non-licensing business models. Key to the Company's efforts will be hiring and retaining world-class inventors, scientists and engineers to lead the development of inventions and technology solutions for its fields of focus, and the management and business support personnel necessary to execute its plans and strategies.
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Financial Statement Presentation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Rambus and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Investments in entities with less than 20% ownership by Rambus and in which Rambus does not have the ability to significantly influence the operations of the investee are accounted for using the cost method and are included in other assets.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Reclassifications
Certain prior year balances were reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation. None of these reclassifications had an impact on reported net income (loss) or cash flows for any of the periods presented.
Revenue Recognition
Overview
Rambus recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, Rambus has delivered the product or performed the service, the fee is fixed or determinable and collection is reasonably assured. If any of these criteria are not met, Rambus defers recognizing the revenue until such time as all criteria are met. Determination of whether or not these criteria have been met may require the Company to make judgments, assumptions and estimates based upon current information and historical experience.
Certain revenue contracts consist of service fees associated with integration of Rambus' solutions into its customers’ products and fees associated with providing training, evaluation and test equipment to its customers. Under the accounting guidance, if the deliverables have standalone value upon delivery, Rambus accounts for each deliverable separately. When multiple deliverables included in an arrangement are separated into different units of accounting, the arrangement consideration is allocated to the identified separate units based on a relative selling price hierarchy. Rambus determines the relative selling price for a deliverable based on its best estimate of selling price (“BESP”). Rambus has determined that vendor-specific objective evidence of selling price for each deliverable is not available as there lacks a consistent number of standalone sales and third-party evidence is not a practical alternative due to differences in its service offerings compared to other parties and the availability of relevant third-party pricing information. Rambus determined BESP by considering its overall pricing objectives and market conditions. Significant pricing practices taken into consideration include discounting practices, the size

56

Table of Contents
RAMBUS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

and volume of transactions, the customer demographic, the geographic area where services are sold, price lists, go-to-market strategy, historical standalone sales and contract prices. The determination of BESP is made through consultation with and approval by management, taking into consideration the go-to-market strategy. As the go-to-market strategies evolve, Rambus may modify its pricing practices in the future, which could result in changes in relative selling prices. In most cases, the relative values of the undelivered components are not material to the overall arrangement and are typically delivered within twelve months after the core product has been delivered. In such agreements, selling price is determined for each component and any difference between the total of the separate BESP and total contract consideration (i.e. discount) is allocated pro-rata across each of the components in the arrangement.
During 2013, the Company expanded its business strategy of monetizing its patent portfolio to include the sale of selected intellectual property. The Company's Memory and Interface Division ("MID") business continues to grow its patent portfolio and actively engage with various external parties to monetize the patent portfolio and explore new revenue opportunities. As the sales of such patents developed by the MID business unit under this expanded strategy represents a component of the Company's ongoing major or central operations, the Company records the related proceeds as revenue. The Company will recognize the revenue when there is persuasive evidence of a sales arrangement, fees are fixed or determinable, delivery has occurred and collectibility is reasonably assured. These requirements are generally fulfilled upon closing of the patent sale transaction.
Rambus’ revenue consists of royalty revenue and contract and other revenue derived from MID, Cryptography Research Division ("CRD") and Lighting and Display Technologies ("LDT") operating segments. Royalty revenue consists of patent license and technology license royalties. Contract and other revenue consists of fixed license fees, fixed engineering fees and service fees associated with integration of Rambus’ technology solutions into its customers’ products as well as sale of products.
Royalty Revenue
Rambus generally recognizes royalty revenue upon notification by its customers and when deemed collectible. The terms of the royalty agreements generally either require customers to give Rambus notification and to pay the royalties within a specified period or are based on a fixed royalty that is due within a specified period. Many of Rambus’ customers have the right to cancel their licenses. In such arrangements, revenue is only recognized to the extent that is consistent with the cancellation provisions. Cancellation provisions within such contracts generally provide for a prospective cancellation with no refund of fees already remitted by customers for products provided and payment for services rendered prior to the date of cancellation. Rambus has two types of royalty revenue: (1) patent license royalties and (2) technology license royalties.
Patent licenses - Rambus licenses its broad portfolio of patented inventions to companies who use these inventions in the development and manufacture of their own products. Such licensing agreements may cover the license of part, or all, of Rambus' patent portfolio. The contractual terms of the agreements generally provide for payments over an extended period of time. For the licensing agreements with fixed royalty payments, Rambus generally recognizes revenue from these arrangements as amounts become due. For the licensing agreements with variable royalty payments which can be based on either a percentage of sales or number of units sold, Rambus earns royalties at the time that the customers’ sales occur. Rambus’ customers, however, do not report and pay royalties owed for sales in any given quarter until after the conclusion of that quarter. As Rambus is unable to estimate the customers’ sales in any given quarter to determine the royalties due to Rambus, it recognizes royalty revenues based on royalties reported by customers during the quarter and when other revenue recognition criteria are met.
In addition, Rambus may enter into certain settlements of patent infringement disputes. The amount of consideration received upon any settlement (including but not limited to past royalty payments, future royalty payments and punitive damages) is allocated to each element of the settlement based on the fair value of each element. In addition, revenues related to past royalties are recognized upon execution of the agreement by both parties, provided that the amounts are fixed or determinable, there are no significant undelivered obligations and collectability is reasonably assured. Rambus does not recognize any revenues prior to execution of the agreement since there is no reliable basis on which it can estimate the amounts for royalties related to previous periods or assess collectability. Elements that are related to royalty revenue in nature (including but not limited to past royalty payments and future royalty payments) will be recorded as royalty revenue in the consolidated statements of operations. Elements that are not related to royalty revenue in nature (including but not limited to punitive damage and settlement) will be recorded as gain from settlement which is reflected as a separate line item within the operating expenses section in the consolidated statements of operations.
Technology licenses - Rambus develops proprietary and industry-standard products that it provides to its customers under technology license agreements. These arrangements include royalties, which can be based on either a percentage of sales or

57

Table of Contents
RAMBUS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

number of units sold. Rambus earns royalties on such licensed products sold worldwide by its customers at the time that the customers’ sales occur. Rambus’ customers, however, do not report and pay royalties owed for sales in any given quarter until after the conclusion of that quarter. As Rambus is unable to estimate the customers’ sales in any given quarter to determine the royalties due to Rambus, it recognizes royalty revenues based on royalties reported by customers during the quarter and when other revenue recognition criteria are met.
Contract and Other Revenue
Rambus recognizes revenue from the sale of products when risk of loss and title have transferred to customers, provided all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. The Company accrues for sales returns and warranty based on experience, none of which are currently material.
Rambus generally recognizes revenue using percentage of completion or proportional performance for development contracts related to licenses of its solutions that involve significant engineering and integration services. For agreements accounted for using the percentage-of-completion method, Rambus determines progress to completion using input measures based upon contract costs incurred. Rambus has evaluated use of output measures versus input measures and has determined that its output is not sufficiently uniform with respect to cost, time and effort per unit of output to use output measures as a measure of progress to completion.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in each business combination. Goodwill is not subject to amortization, but is subject to at least an annual assessment for impairment, applying a fair-value based test. The Company performs its impairment analysis of goodwill on an annual basis during the fourth quarter of the year unless conditions arise that warrant a more frequent evaluation.
Goodwill is allocated to the various reporting units which are generally operating segments. The goodwill impairment test involves a two-step process. In the first step, the Company compares the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value. The fair values of the reporting units are estimated using an income or discounted cash flows approach.
Under the income approach, the Company measures fair value of the reporting unit based on a projected cash flow method using a discount rate determined by its management which is commensurate with the risk inherent in its current business model. The Company’s discounted cash flow projections are based on its annual financial forecasts developed internally by management for use in managing its business. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill is not impaired and no further testing is required. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value, the Company must perform the second step of the impairment test to measure the amount of impairment loss. In the second step, the reporting unit's fair value is allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit, including any unrecognized intangible assets, in a hypothetical analysis that calculates the implied fair value of goodwill in the same manner as if the reporting unit was being acquired by a market participant in a business combination. If the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill is less than the carrying value, the difference is recorded as an impairment loss.
The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment analysis as of December 31, 2015 and determined that the fair value of the reporting units with goodwill exceeded their carrying values.
Intangible Assets
Intangible assets are comprised of existing technology, customer contracts and contractual relationships, and other intangible assets. Identifiable intangible assets resulting from the acquisitions of entities accounted for using the purchase method of accounting are estimated by management based on the fair value of assets received. Identifiable intangible assets are being amortized over the period of estimated benefit using the straight-line method and estimated useful lives ranging from 1 to 10 years .
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment include computer equipment, computer software, machinery, leasehold improvements, furniture and fixtures and buildings. Computer equipment, computer software, machinery and furniture and fixtures are stated at cost and generally depreciated on a straight-line basis over an estimated useful life of 3 , 3 to 5 , 7 and 3 years , respectively. The Company undertook a series of structural improvements to ready the Sunnyvale and Brecksville facilities for its use. The Company concluded that its requirement to fund construction costs and responsibility for cost overruns resulted in the Company being considered the owner of the buildings during the construction period for accounting purposes. Upon

58

Table of Contents
RAMBUS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

completion of construction, the Company concluded that it retained sufficient continuing involvement to preclude de-recognition of the buildings under the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") authoritative guidance applicable to sale leaseback for real estate. As such, the Company continues to account for the buildings as owned real estate and to record an imputed financing obligation for its obligation to the legal owners. The buildings will be depreciated on a straight-line basis over an estimated useful life of approximately 39 years . See Note 9, “Balance Sheet Details,” and Note 11, “Commitments and Contingencies,” for additional details. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the initial terms of the leases. Upon disposal, assets and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and the related gain or loss is included in the results from operations.
Long-lived Asset Impairment
The Company evaluates long-lived assets (including property, plant and equipment and intangible assets) for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset group may not be recoverable. The carrying value is not recoverable if it exceeds the undiscounted cash flows resulting from the use of the asset group and its eventual disposition. The Company’s estimates of future cash flows attributable to its long-lived asset groups require significant judgment based on its historical and anticipated results and are subject to many factors. Factors that the Company considers important which could trigger an impairment review include significant negative industry or economic trends, significant loss of clients, and significant changes in the manner of its use of the acquired assets or the strategy for its overall business.
When the Company determines that the carrying value of the long-lived asset groups may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of the above indicators of impairment, the Company measures the potential impairment based on a projected discounted cash flow method using a discount rate determined by the Company to be commensurate with the risk inherent in the Company’s current business model. An impairment loss is recognized only if the carrying amount of the long-lived asset group is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. The impairment charge is recorded to reduce the pre-impairment carrying amount of the long-lived assets based on the relative carrying amount of those assets, though not to reduce the carrying amount of an asset below its fair value. Different assumptions and judgments could materially affect the calculation of the fair value of the long-lived assets. During 2015 and 2014, the Company did not recognize any impairment of its long-lived assets. During 2013, the Company recognized an impairment of its long-lived assets related to its LDT asset group and CRD favorable contract asset group. See Note 5, "Intangible Assets and Goodwill" for further details.
Income Taxes
Income taxes are accounted for using an asset and liability approach, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for expected future tax events that have been recognized differently in Rambus' consolidated financial statements and tax returns. The measurement of current and deferred tax assets and liabilities is based on provisions of the enacted tax law and the effects of future changes in tax laws or rates are not anticipated. A valuation allowance is established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to amounts expected to be realized based on available evidence.

In addition, the calculation of the Company's tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. As a result, the Company reports a liability for unrecognized tax benefits resulting from uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in its tax return. The Company considers many factors when evaluating and estimating its tax positions and tax benefits, which may require periodic adjustments and which may not accurately anticipate actual outcomes.
Stock-Based Compensation and Equity Incentive Plans
The Company maintained stock plans covering a broad range of equity grants including stock options, nonvested equity stock and equity stock units and performance based instruments. In addition, the Company sponsors an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”), whereby eligible employees are entitled to purchase Common Stock semi-annually, by means of limited payroll deductions, at a 15% discount from the fair market value of the Common Stock as of specific dates.
The Company determines compensation expense associated with restricted stock units based on the fair value of its common stock on the date of grant. The Company determines compensation expense associated with stock options based on the estimated grant date fair value method using the Black-Scholes Merton valuation model. The Company generally recognizes compensation expense using a straight-line amortization method over the respective vesting period for awards that are ultimately expected to vest. Accordingly, stock-based compensation expense for 2015, 2014 and 2013 has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. When estimating forfeitures, the Company considers voluntary termination behaviors as well as trends of actual option forfeitures. The Company will only recognize a tax benefit from stock-based awards in additional paid-in capital if an incremental tax benefit is realized after all other tax attributes currently available have been utilized. In addition, the

59

Table of Contents
RAMBUS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Company has elected to account for the indirect effects of stock-based awards on other tax attributes, such as the research tax credits, through the consolidated statement of operations as part of the tax effect of stock-based compensation.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents are highly liquid investments with original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase. The Company maintains its cash balances with high quality financial institutions. Cash equivalents are invested in highly-rated and highly-liquid money market securities and certain U.S. government sponsored obligations.

Marketable Securities
Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value, based on quoted market prices, with the unrealized gains or losses reported, net of tax, in stockholders’ equity as part of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The amortized cost of debt securities is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity, both of which are included in interest and other income, net. Realized gains and losses are recorded on the specific identification method and are included in interest and other income, net. The Company reviews its investments in marketable securities for possible other than temporary impairments on a regular basis. If any loss on investment is believed to be a credit loss, a charge will be recognized in operations. In evaluating whether a credit loss on a debt security has occurred, the Company considers the following factors: 1) the Company’s intent to sell the security, 2) if the Company intends to hold the security, whether or not it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of the security’s amortized cost basis and 3) even if the Company intends to hold the security, whether or not the Company expects the security to recover the entire amortized cost basis. Due to the high credit quality and short term nature of the Company’s investments, there have been no material credit losses recorded to date. The classification of funds between short-term and long-term is based on whether the securities are available for use in operations or other purposes.
Non-Marketable Securities
The Company had an investment in a non-marketable security of a private company which was carried at cost until it was fully impaired during 2014. The Company monitored the investment for other-than-temporary impairment and recorded appropriate reductions in carrying value when necessary. See Note 8, "Fair Value of Financial Instruments" for further details.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying value of cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their fair values due to their relatively short maturities as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 . Marketable securities are comprised of available-for-sale securities that are reported at fair value with the related unrealized gains and losses included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a component of stockholders’ equity, net of tax. Fair value of the marketable securities is determined based on quoted market prices. The fair market value of the Company's convertible notes fluctuates with interest rates and with the market price of the stock, but does not affect the carrying value of the debt on the balance sheet.
Research and Development
Costs incurred in research and development, which include engineering expenses, such as salaries and related benefits, stock-based compensation, depreciation, professional services and overhead expenses related to the general development of Rambus’ products, are expensed as incurred. Software development costs are capitalized beginning when a product’s technological feasibility has been established and ending when a product is available for general release to customers. Rambus has not capitalized any software development costs since the period between establishing technological feasibility and general customer release is relatively short and as such, these costs have not been material.
Computation of Earnings (Loss) Per Share
Basic earnings (loss) per share is calculated by dividing the net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is calculated by dividing the earnings (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares and potentially dilutive securities outstanding during the period. Potentially dilutive common shares consist of incremental common shares issuable upon exercise of stock options, employee stock purchases, restricted stock and restricted stock units, and shares issuable upon the conversion of convertible notes. The dilutive effect of outstanding shares is reflected in diluted earnings per share by application of the treasury stock method. This method includes consideration of the amounts to be paid by the employees, the amount of excess tax benefits that would be recognized in equity if the instrument was exercised and the amount of unrecognized stock-based compensation related to future services.

60

Table of Contents
RAMBUS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

No potential dilutive common shares are included in the computation of any diluted per share amount when a net loss is reported.
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources, including foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gains and losses on marketable securities. Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, is presented in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).
Credit Concentration
As of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , the Company’s cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities were invested with various financial institutions in the form of corporate notes, bonds and commercial paper, money market funds, U.S. Treasuries, U.S. Government Agencies, and municipal bonds and notes. The Company’s exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to its investment portfolio. The Company places its investments with high credit issuers and, by investment policy, attempts to limit the amount of credit exposure to any one issuer. As stated in the Company’s investment policy, it will ensure the safety and preservation of the Company’s invested funds by limiting default risk and market risk. The Company has no investments denominated in foreign country currencies and therefore is not subject to foreign exchange risk from these assets.
The Company mitigates default risk by investing in high credit quality securities and by positioning its portfolio to respond appropriately to a significant reduction in a credit rating of any investment issuer or guarantor. The portfolio includes only marketable securities with active secondary or resale markets to enable portfolio liquidity.
The Company's accounts receivable are derived from revenue earned from customers located in the U.S. and internationally. See Note 6, "Segments and Major Customers" for further details.
Foreign Currency Remeasurement
The Company’s foreign subsidiaries currently use the U.S. dollar as the functional currency. Remeasurement adjustments for non-functional currency monetary assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date. Revenue, expenses, gains or losses are translated at the average exchange rate for the period, and non-monetary assets and liabilities are translated at historical rates. The remeasurement gains and losses of these foreign subsidiaries as well as gains and losses from foreign currency transactions are included in other expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations, and are not material for any periods presented.
Litigation
Rambus may be involved in certain legal proceedings. Based upon consultation with outside counsel handling its defense in these matters and an analysis of potential results, if Rambus believes that a loss arising from such matters is probable and can be reasonably estimated, Rambus records the estimated liability in its consolidated financial statements. If only a range of estimated losses can be determined, Rambus records an amount within the range that, in its judgment, reflects the most likely outcome; if none of the estimates within that range is a better estimate than any other amount, Rambus records the low end of the range. Any such accrual would be charged to expense in the appropriate period. Rambus recognizes litigation expenses in the period in which the litigation services were provided.
3. Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In November 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2015-17, "Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes (Topic 740)," to simplify the presentation of deferred income taxes. The amendments in this update require that deferred tax liabilities and assets be classified as non-current in a classified statement of financial position. This ASU is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016 and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company has early adopted this ASU as of December 31, 2015 on a prospective basis. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.
In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, "Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs," which requires debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability to be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. This ASU requires retrospective adoption and is effective

61



for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015 and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.
In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-12, "Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718)," which makes amendments to the codification topic 718, "Accounting for Share-Based Payments," when the terms of an award provide that a performance target could be achieved after the requisite service period. The new accounting standards update becomes effective for the Company on January 1, 2016. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that this guidance will have on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
In May 2014, the FASB and International Accounting Standards Board issued their converged accounting standards update on revenue recognition. The core principle of the new guidance is for companies to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in amounts that reflect the consideration (that is, payment) to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The new guidance also will result in enhanced disclosures about revenue, provide guidance for transactions that were not previously addressed comprehensively (for example, service revenue and contract modifications) and improve guidance for multiple-element arrangements. In August 2015, the FASB deferred the effective date of this accounting standards update by one year. The new accounting standards update becomes effective for the Company on January 1, 2018. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that this guidance will have on its financial condition and results of operations.
4. Earnings (Loss) Per Share
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted income (loss) per share:
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Net income (loss) per share:
 
 
 
 
 
Numerator:
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)
$
211,388

 
$
26,201

 
$
(33,748
)
Denominator:
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding - basic
114,814

 
114,318

 
112,415

Effect of potential dilutive common shares
2,670

 
3,306

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding - diluted
117,484

 
117,624

 
112,415

Basic net income (loss) per share
$
1.84

 
$
0.23

 
$
(0.30
)
Diluted net income (loss) per share
$
1.80

 
$
0.22

 
$
(0.30
)
For the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , options to purchase approximately 2.5 million , 5.6 million and 7.3 million shares, respectively, were excluded from the calculation because they were anti-dilutive after considering proceeds from exercise, taxes and related unrecognized stock-based compensation expense. For the year ended December 31, 2013, an additional 3.3 million potentially dilutive shares have been excluded from the weighted average dilutive shares because there was a net loss for the period. These shares do not include the Company’s 5% convertible senior notes due 2014 (the "2014 Notes") and 1.125% convertible senior notes due 2018 (the "2018 Notes"). The par amount of convertible notes is payable in cash equal to the principal amount of the notes plus any accrued and unpaid interest and then the “in-the-money” conversion benefit feature at the conversion price above $19.31 and $12.07 , respectively, per share is payable in cash, shares of the Company’s common stock or a combination of both. Refer to Note 10, "Convertible Notes” for more details.
5. Intangible Assets and Goodwill
In the fourth quarter of 2015 and 2014, the Company performed its annual goodwill impairment analysis for the MID and CRD reporting units, which are the only reporting units with goodwill. The Company estimated the fair value of the reporting units using the income approach which was determined using Level 3 fair value inputs. The utilization of the income approach to determine fair value requires estimates of future operating results and cash flows discounted using an estimated discount rate. Cash flow projections are based on management's estimates of revenue growth rates and operating margins, taking into consideration industry and market conditions.

62

Table of Contents
RAMBUS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2015, the fair value of the MID reporting unit, with $19.9 million of goodwill, exceeded the carrying value of its net assets by approximately 226% and the fair value of the CRD reporting unit, with $97.0 million of goodwill, exceeded the carrying value of its net assets by approximately 45% . Key assumptions used to determine the fair value of the MID and CRD reporting units at December 31, 2015, were the revenue growth rates for the forecast period and terminal year, terminal growth rates and discount rates. Certain estimates used in the income approach involve information for new product lines with limited financial history and developing revenue models which increase the risk of differences between the projected and actual performance. The discount rate of 13% for MID and 20% for CRD is based on the reporting units’ overall risk profile relative to other guideline companies, market adoption of the Company's technology, the reporting units’ respective industry as well as the visibility of future expected cash flows. The terminal growth rate applied to determine fair value for both reporting units was 3% , which was based on historical experience as well as anticipated economic conditions, industry data and long term outlook for the business. These assumptions are inherently uncertain.
As of December 31, 2014, the fair value of the MID reporting unit, with $19.9 million of goodwill, exceeded the carrying value of its net assets by approximately 511% and the fair value of the CRD reporting unit, with $97.0 million of goodwill, exceeded the carrying value of its net assets by approximately 53% . Key assumptions used to determine the fair value of the MID and CRD reporting units at December 31, 2014, were the revenue growth rates for the forecast period and terminal year, terminal growth rates and discount rates. Certain estimates used in the income approach involve information for new product lines with limited financial history and developing revenue models which increase the risk of differences between the projected and actual performance. The discount rate of 15% for MID and 22% for CRD is based on the reporting units’ overall risk profile relative to other guideline companies, the reporting units’ respective industry as well as the visibility of future expected cash flows. The terminal growth rate applied to determine fair value for both 3% which was based on historical experience as well as anticipated economic conditions, industry data and long term outlook for the business. These assumptions are inherently uncertain.
It is reasonably possible that the businesses could perform significantly below the Company's expectations or a deterioration of market and economic conditions could occur. This would adversely impact the Company's ability to meet its projected results, which could cause the goodwill in any of its reporting units or long-lived assets in any of its asset groups to become impaired. Significant differences between these estimates and actual cash flows could materially affect the Company's future financial results. If the reporting units are not successful in commercializing new business arrangements, if the businesses are unsuccessful in signing new license agreements or renewing its existing license agreements, or if the Company is unsuccessful in managing its costs, the revenue and income for these reporting units could adversely and materially deviate from their historical trends and could cause goodwill or long-lived assets to become impaired. If the Company determines that its goodwill or long-lived assets are impaired, it would be required to record a non-cash charge that could have a material adverse effect on its results of operations and financial position.
2013 Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
During the fourth quarter of 2013, as a result of the change in business strategy for the LDT reporting unit to reduce its focus on the lower margin bulb products, the Company revised its projected cash flows for LDT, triggering an impairment analysis for long-lived assets.
As a result of the impairment analysis, the Company concluded that its LDT asset group was not able to recover the carrying amount of its assets. Determining the fair value of an asset group unit is judgmental in nature and requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions, considered to be Level 3 fair value inputs, including current replacement costs, revenue growth rates and operating margins, and discount rates, among others. Accordingly, the Company was required to make various estimates in determining the fair values of the LDT asset group. Due to the highly customized nature of the LDT manufacturing equipment, the Company primarily utilized the cost approach to estimate the fair value of its property, plant and equipment. To determine the estimated fair value of its property, plant and equipment, adjustment factors, including cost trend factors, were applied to each individual asset's original cost in order to estimate current replacement cost. The current replacement cost was then adjusted for estimated deductions to recognize the effects of deterioration and obsolescence from all causes, as well as indirect costs such as installation. Where appropriate, the Company utilized a market approach to estimate the fair value of its property, plant and equipment. This approach included the identification of market prices in actual transactions for similar assets based on asking prices for assets currently available for sale, as well as obtaining and reviewing certain direct market values based quoted prices with manufacturers and secondary market participants for similar equipment. Upon completion of this analysis, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $3.5 million , $0.5 million and $0.2 million for building and related improvements, machinery and equipment, and software in its LDT asset group, respectively.

63

Table of Contents
RAMBUS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The estimated fair value of the LDT acquired existing technology intangible assets was determined based on the income approach, using Level 3 fair value inputs, as it was deemed to be the most indicative of the fair value in an orderly transaction between market participants.
Under the income approach the Company determined fair value based on the estimated future cash flows resulting from the licensing of the technology underlying the intangible assets. The estimated cash flows in the income approach were discounted by an estimated weighted-average cost of capital which reflects the overall level of inherent risk of the reporting unit and the rate of return an outside investor would expect to earn. Upon completion of this analysis, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $4.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2013 related to the acquired intangible assets.
Also, during the fourth quarter of 2013, as a result of changes in one customer's business, the Company recorded a $1.5 million impairment charge related to its CRD favorable contracts (refer to "Intangible Assets" table below for further discussion on favorable contracts) due to a decline in the projected cash flows from the customer.
The long-lived asset impairment charges for LDT and CRD aggregating to $9.7 million were included in "Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets" in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had $12.9 million and $99.4 million of long-lived assets remaining in its LDT and CRD asset groups, respectively.
2013 Impairment of Goodwill
During the third quarter of 2013, the Company curtailed its immersive media platform spending. The Company conducted an impairment review as a result of the change of its strategy related to the immersive media platform. As a result of this impairment review, the Company recorded a charge of $8.1 million to fully impair the goodwill related to the MTD reporting unit which was part of the Other segment. The goodwill impairment charge was reflected in "Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets" in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company estimated the fair value of the MTD reporting unit using the income approach which was determined using Level 3 fair value inputs. The discount rate used of 36% is based on a weighted average cost of capital adjusted for the relevant risk associated with the characteristics of the business and the projected cash flows.
In the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company performed its annual goodwill impairment analysis for the MID and CRD reporting units, which were the only reporting units with goodwill.
As of December 31, 2013, the fair value of the MID reporting unit, with $19.9 million of goodwill, exceeded the carrying value of its net assets by approximately 480% ; the fair value of the CRD reporting unit, with $97.0 million of goodwill, exceeded the carrying value of its net assets by approximately 44% . To arrive at the cash flow projections utilized in the income approach, the Company used the reporting unit’s forecast of estimated operating results based on assumptions such as long-term revenue growth rates, costs and estimates of future anticipated changes in operating margins based on economic and market information. Key assumptions used to determine the fair value of the MID and CRD reporting units at December 31, 2013, were the revenue growth rates for the forecast period and terminal year, terminal growth rates and discount rates. Certain estimates used in the income approach involve information for new product lines with limited financial history and developing revenue models which increase the risk of differences between the projected and actual performance. The discount rate of 14% for MID and 21% for CRD is based on the reporting units’ overall risk profile relative to other guideline companies, the reporting units’ respective industry as well as the visibility of future expected cash flows. The terminal growth rate applied to determine fair value for both reporting units was 3% , which was based on historical experience as well as anticipated economic conditions, industry data and long term outlook for the business. These assumptions are inherently uncertain.
Goodwill
The following tables present goodwill information for each of the reportable segments for the years ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 :
Reportable Segment:
December 31,
2014
 
Addition to Goodwill
 
Impairment Charge of Goodwill
 
December 31,
2015
 
(In thousands)
MID
$
19,905

 
$

 
$

 
$
19,905

CRD
96,994

 

 

 
96,994

   Total
$
116,899

 
$

 
$

 
$
116,899


64

Table of Contents
RAMBUS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 
As of December 31, 2015
Reportable Segment:
Gross Carrying Amount
 
Accumulated Impairment Losses
 
Net Carrying Amount
 
(In thousands)
MID
$
19,905

 
$

 
$
19,905

CRD
96,994

 

 
96,994

Other
21,770

 
(21,770
)
 

   Total
$
138,669

 
$
(21,770
)
 
$
116,899

Reportable Segment:
December 31,
2013
 
Addition to Goodwill
 
Impairment Charge of Goodwill
 
December 31,
2014
 
 
MID
$
19,905

 
$

 
$

 
$
19,905

CRD
96,994

 

 

 
96,994

   Total
$
116,899

 
$

 
$

 
$
116,899

 
As of December 31, 2014
Reportable Segment:
Gross Carrying Amount
 
Accumulated Impairment Losses
 
Net Carrying Amount
 
 
MID
$
19,905

 
$

 
$
19,905

CRD
96,994

 

 
96,994

Other
21,770

 
(21,770
)
 

   Total
$
138,669

 
$
(21,770
)
 
$
116,899

Intangible Assets
The components of the Company’s intangible assets as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 were as follows:
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2015
 
Useful Life
 
Gross Carrying Amount
 
Accumulated Amortization
 
Net Carrying Amount
 
 
 
(In thousands)
Existing technology
3 to 10 years
 
$
185,321

 
$
(127,028
)
 
$
58,293

Customer contracts and contractual relationships
1 to 10 years
 
31,093

 
(25,120
)
 
5,973

Non-compete agreements
3 years
 
300

 
(300
)
 

   Total intangible assets
 
 
$
216,714

 
$
(152,448
)
 
$
64,266

 
 
 
As of December 31, 2014
 
Useful Life
 
Gross Carrying Amount
 
Accumulated Amortization
 
Net Carrying Amount
 
 
 
(In thousands)
Existing technology
3 to 10 years
 
$
185,321

 
$
(104,426
)
 
$
80,895

Customer contracts and contractual relationships
1 to 10 years
 
31,093

 
(22,617
)
 
8,476

Non-compete agreements
3 years
 
300

 
(300
)
 

   Total intangible assets
 
 
$
216,714

 
$
(127,343
)
 
$
89,371

The favorable contracts (included in customer contracts and contractual relationships) are acquired patent licensing agreements where the Company has no performance obligations. Cash received from these acquired favorable contracts reduce the favorable contract intangible asset. During 2015 and 2014 , the Company received $0.1 million and $0.9 million related to

65

Table of Contents
RAMBUS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

the favorable contracts, respectively. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , the net balance of the favorable contract intangible assets was zero and $0.1 million , respectively. The estimated useful life is based on expected payment dates related to the favorable contracts. The group of acquired intangible assets had an original estimated weighted average useful life of approximately 7 years from the date of acquisition.
During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company did not sell any intangible assets. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company sold portfolios of its intellectual property covering wireless and other technologies for  $4.4 million  and the related gain was recorded as gain from sale of intellectual property and revenue in the consolidated statements of operations.

The Company did not purchase any intangible assets in 2015 and 2014.The Company acquired other patents in 2013 aggregating $2.5 million .
Amortization expense for intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 was $25.1 million , $26.6 million , and $28.9 million , respectively. The estimated future amortization expense of intangible assets as of December 31, 2015 was as follows (amounts in thousands):
Years Ending December 31:
Amount
2016
$
24,311

2017
23,709

2018
10,827

2019
1,789

2020
1,743

Thereafter
1,887

 
$
64,266

6. Segments and Major Customers
Operating segments are based upon Rambus' internal organization structure, the manner in which its operations are managed, the criteria used by its Chief Operating Decision Maker ("CODM") to evaluate segment performance and availability of separate financial information regularly reviewed for resource allocation and performance assessment.
The Company determined its CODM to be the Chief Executive Officer and determined its operating segments to be: (1) Memory and Interface Division ("MID"), which focuses on the design, development and licensing of technology that is related to memory and interfaces; (2) CRD, which focuses on the design, development and licensing of technologies for chip and system security and anti-counterfeiting; (3) ESD, which includes the computational sensing and imaging group along with the development efforts in the area of emerging technologies; and (4) LDT, which focuses on the design, development and licensing of technologies for lighting.
For the year ended December 31, 2015 , MID and CRD were considered reportable segments as they met the quantitative thresholds for disclosure as reportable segments. The results of the remaining operating segments are shown under “Other”.
The Company evaluates the performance of its segments based on segment operating income (loss), which is defined as revenue minus segment operating expenses. Segment operating expenses are comprised of direct operating expenses.
Segment operating expenses do not include sales, general and administrative expenses and the allocation of certain expenses managed at the corporate level, such as stock-based compensation, amortization, and certain bonus and acquisition costs. The “Reconciling Items” category includes these unallocated sales, general and administrative expenses as well as corporate level expenses.
The tables below present reported segment operating income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 :

66

Table of Contents
RAMBUS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 
For the Year Ended December 31, 2015
 
MID
 
CRD
 
Other
 
Total
 
(In thousands)
Revenues
$
221,968

 
$
50,497

 
$
23,813

 
$
296,278

Segment operating expenses
47,780

 
29,056

 
32,147

 
108,983

Segment operating income (loss)
$
174,188

 
$
21,441

 
$
(8,334
)
 
$
187,295

Reconciling items
 

 
 
 
 

 
(115,875
)
Operating income
 

 
 
 
 

 
$
71,420

Interest and other income (expense), net
 

 
 
 
 

 
(11,189
)
Income before income taxes
 

 
 
 
 

 
$
60,231

 
For the Year Ended December 31, 2014
 
MID
 
CRD
 
Other
 
Total
 
(In thousands)
Revenues
$
226,303

 
$
49,330

 
$
20,925

 
$
296,558

Segment operating expense
40,816

 
27,608

 
34,106

 
102,530

Segment operating income (loss)
$
185,487

 
$
21,722

 
$
(13,181
)
 
$
194,028

Reconciling items
 
 
 
 
 
 
(118,682
)
Operating income
 
 
 
 


 
$
75,346

Interest and other income (expense), net

 
 
 


 
(25,096
)
Income before income taxes
 

 
 
 
 

 
$
50,250

 
For the Year Ended December 31, 2013
 
MID
 
CRD
 
Other
 
Total
 
(In thousands)
Revenues
$
232,040

 
$
32,625

 
$
6,836

 
$
271,501

Segment operating expenses
34,823

 
20,322

 
42,306

 
97,451

Segment operating income (loss)
$
197,217

 
$
12,303

 
$
(35,470
)
 
$
174,050

Reconciling items


 
 
 


 
(151,586
)
Operating income

 
 
 


 
$
22,464

Interest and other income (expense), net
 

 
 
 
 

 
(34,481
)
Loss before income taxes
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
(12,017
)
The Company’s CODM does not review information regarding assets on an operating segment basis. Additionally, the Company does not record intersegment revenue or expense.
Accounts receivable from the Company's major customers representing 10% or more of total accounts receivable at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, was as follows:
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
Customer 
 
2015
 
2014
Customer 1 (MID reportable segment)
 
16
%
 
33
%
Customer 2 (Other segment)
 
27
%
 
50
%
Customer 3 (MID reportable segment)
 
28
%
 
*

Customer 4 (CRD reportable segment)
 
21
%
 
*

_________________________________________
*    Customer accounted for less than 10% of total accounts receivable in the period

67

Table of Contents
RAMBUS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Revenue from the Company’s major customers representing 10% or more of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 were as follows:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Customer A (MID and CRD reportable segments)
20
%
 
20
%
 
33
%
Customer B (MID reportable segment)
19
%
 
16
%
 
*

Customer C (MID reportable segment)
13
%
 
13
%
 
*

_________________________________________
* Customer accounted for less than 10% of total revenue in the period
Revenue from customers in the geographic regions based on the location of contracting parties is as follows:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
(In thousands)
South Korea
$
115,486

 
$
107,441

 
$
112,806

USA
118,278

 
109,060

 
80,652

Japan
29,687

 
30,454

 
51,156

Europe
9,616

 
21,349

 
15,985

Canada
214

 
7,119

 
7,896

Singapore
16,312

 
12,980

 

Asia-Other
6,685

 
8,155

 
3,006

Total
$
296,278

 
$
296,558

 
$
271,501

At December 31, 2015 , of the $56.6 million of total property, plant and equipment, approximately $55.2 million were located in the United States, $1.3 million were located in India and $0.1 million were located in other foreign locations. At December 31, 2014 , of the $64.0 million of total property, plant and equipment, approximately $63.0 million were located in the United States, $0.9 million were located in India and $0.1 million were located in other foreign locations.
7. Marketable Securities
Rambus invests its excess cash and cash equivalents primarily in U.S. government sponsored obligations, commercial paper, corporate notes and bonds, money market funds and municipal notes and bonds that mature within three years. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , all of the Company’s cash equivalents and marketable securities have a remaining maturity of less than one year.
All cash equivalents and marketable securities are classified as available-for-sale. Total cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities are summarized as follows:
 
As of December 31, 2015
(Dollars in thousands)
Fair Value
 
Amortized Cost
 
Gross Unrealized Gains
 
Gross Unrealized Losses
 
Weighted Rate of Return
Money market funds
$
77,804

 
$
77,804

 
$

 
$

 
0.12
%
U.S. Government bonds and notes
14,110

 
14,142

 

 
(32)

 
0.48
%
Corporate notes, bonds, commercial paper and other
160,823

 
160,979

 

 
(156)

 
0.45
%
Total cash equivalents and marketable securities
252,737

 
252,925

 

 
(188)

 
 
Cash
34,969

 
34,969

 

 

 
 
Total cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities
$
287,706

 
$
287,894

 
$

 
$
(188
)
 
 

68

Table of Contents
RAMBUS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 
As of December 31, 2014
(Dollars in thousands)
Fair Value
 
Amortized Cost
 
Gross Unrealized Gains
 
Gross Unrealized Losses
 
Weighted Rate of Return
Money market funds
$
124,938

 
$
124,938

 
$

 
$

 
0.01
%
Corporate notes, bonds and commercial paper
145,983

 
146,096

 
1

 
(114
)
 
0.25
%
Total cash equivalents and marketable securities
270,921

 
271,034

 
1

 
(114
)
 
 
Cash
29,188

 
29,188

 

 

 
 
Total cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities
$
300,109

 
$
300,222

 
$
1

 
$
(114
)
 
 
Available-for-sale securities are reported at fair value on the balance sheets and classified as follows:
 
As of
 
December 31,
2015
 
December 31,
2014
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Cash equivalents
$
108,795

 
$
124,938

Short term marketable securities
143,942

 
145,983

Total cash equivalents and marketable securities
252,737

 
270,921

Cash
34,969

 
29,188

Total cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities
$
287,706

 
$
300,109

The Company continues to invest in highly rated quality, highly liquid debt securities. As of December 31, 2015 , these securities have a remaining maturity of less than one year. The Company holds all of its marketable securities as available-for-sale, marks them to market, and regularly reviews its portfolio to ensure adherence to its investment policy and to monitor individual investments for risk analysis, proper valuation, and unrealized losses that may be other than temporary.
The estimated fair value of cash equivalents and marketable securities classified by the length of time that the securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2015 and 2014 are as follows:
 
Fair Value
 
Gross Unrealized Loss
 
December 31,
2015
 
December 31,
2014
 
December 31,
2015
 
December 31,
2014
 
(In thousands)
Less than one year
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate notes, bonds and commercial paper
$
159,673

 
$
139,989

 
$
(188
)
 
$
(114
)
The gross unrealized loss at December 31, 2015 and 2014 was not material in relation to the Company’s total available-for-sale portfolio. The gross unrealized loss can be primarily attributed to a combination of market conditions as well as the demand for and duration of the corporate notes and bonds. The Company has no intent to sell, there is no requirement to sell and the Company believes that it can recover the amortized cost of these investments. The Company has found no evidence of impairment due to credit losses in its portfolio. Therefore, these unrealized losses were recorded in other comprehensive income (loss). However, the Company cannot provide any assurance that its portfolio of cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities will not be impacted by adverse conditions in the financial markets, which may require the Company in the future to record an impairment charge for credit losses which could adversely impact its financial results.
See Note 8, “Fair Value of Financial Instruments,” for discussion regarding the fair value of the Company’s cash equivalents and marketable securities.
8. Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The fair value measurement statement defines fair value as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which the Company would transact, and the Company considers assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, such as inherent risk, transfer restrictions, and risk of non-performance.

69

Table of Contents
RAMBUS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The Company’s financial instruments are measured and recorded at fair value, except for cost method investments and convertible notes. The Company’s non-financial assets, such as goodwill, intangible assets, and property, plant and equipment, are measured at fair value when there is an indicator of impairment and recorded at fair value only when an impairment charge is recognized.
Fair Value Hierarchy
The fair value measurement statement requires disclosure that establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure about fair value measurements. The statement requires fair value measurement be classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:
Level 1: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.
The Company uses unadjusted quotes to determine fair value. The financial assets in Level 1 include money market funds.
Level 2: Quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs which are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.
The Company uses observable pricing inputs including benchmark yields, reported trades, and broker/dealer quotes. The financial assets in Level 2 include U.S. government bonds and notes, corporate notes, commercial paper and municipal bonds and notes.
Level 3: Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (i.e., supported by little or no market activity).
The financial assets in Level 3 include a cost investment whose value is determined using inputs that are both unobservable and significant to the fair value measurements.
The Company reviews the pricing inputs by obtaining prices from a different source for the same security on a sample of its portfolio. The Company has not adjusted the pricing inputs it has obtained. The following table presents the financial instruments that are carried at fair value and summarizes the valuation of its cash equivalents and marketable securities by the above pricing levels as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 :
 
As of December 31, 2015
 
Total
 
Quoted Market Prices in Active Markets (Level 1)
 
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
 
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
 
(In thousands)
Money market funds
$
77,804

 
$
77,804

 
$

 
$

U.S. Government bonds and notes
14,110

 

 
14,110

 

Corporate notes, bonds, commercial paper and other
160,823

 
1,264

 
159,559

 

Total available-for-sale securities
$
252,737

 
$
79,068

 
$
173,669

 
$

 
As of December 31, 2014
 
Total
 
Quoted Market Prices in Active Markets (Level 1)
 
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
 
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
 
(In thousands)
Money market funds
$
124,938

 
$
124,938

 
$

 
$

Corporate notes, bonds and commercial paper
145,983

 

 
145,983

 

Total available-for-sale securities
$
270,921

 
$
124,938

 
$
145,983

 
$


70

Table of Contents
RAMBUS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The Company monitors its investments for other-than-temporary impairment and records appropriate reductions in carrying value when necessary. The Company monitors its investments for other-than-temporary losses by considering current factors, including the economic environment, market conditions, operational performance and other specific factors relating to the business underlying the investment, reductions in carrying values when necessary and the Company’s ability and intent to hold the investment for a period of time which may be sufficient for anticipated recovery in the market. Any other-than-temporary loss is reported under “Interest and other income (expense), net” in the consolidated statement of operations. For the year ended December 31, 2014 , the Company recorded impairment charges related to its non-marketable equity security of a private company as described below.
The Company made an investment of $2.0 million in a non-marketable equity security of a private company during 2009. Prior to the second quarter of 2013, the Company had not recorded any impairment charges related to this investment as there had been no events that caused a decrease in its fair value below the carrying cost. During the year ended December 31, 2014, as part of its periodic evaluation of the fair value of the investment in the non-marketable equity security, and based on the information provided by the private company at that time, the Company determined that there was a decrease in the security's fair value. The fair value of the non-marketable equity security was determined based on an income approach, using level 3 fair value inputs, as it was deemed to be the most indicative of the security's fair value. Accordingly, the Company recorded impairment charges of $0.6 million within interest income and other income (expense), net, in the consolidated statements of operations during 2014.
In October 2015, the previously written down private company's stock became publicly traded and as a result, the investment in this equity security was classified as an available-for-sale security and was re-measured to fair value, resulting in a $1.3 million increase in marketable securities and accumulated other comprehensive income.
The following table presents the financial instruments that are measured and carried at cost on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2014 :
 
As of December 31, 2014
 

(in thousands)
Carrying
Value
 
Quoted
market
prices in
active
markets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
 
Impairment charges for the year ended December 31, 2014
Investment in non-marketable security
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
600

In 2015 and 2014 , there were no transfers of financial instruments between different categories of fair value.
The following table presents the financial instruments that are not carried at fair value but which require fair value disclosure as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 :
 
As of December 31, 2015
 
As of December 31, 2014

(in thousands)
Face
Value
 
Carrying Value
 
Fair
Value
 
Face
Value
 
Carrying Value
 
Fair
Value
1.125% Convertible Senior Notes due 2018
138,000

 
120,901

 
156,292

 
138,000

 
115,089

 
159,293

The fair value of the convertible notes at each balance sheet date is determined based on recent quoted market prices for these notes which is a level 2 measurement. As discussed in Note 10, “Convertible Notes,” as of December 31, 2015 , the convertible notes are carried at their face value of $138.0 million , less any unamortized debt discount. The carrying value of other financial instruments, including accounts receivable, accounts payable and other payables, approximates fair value due to their short maturities.
Information regarding the Company's goodwill and long-lived assets balances are disclosed in Note 5, "Intangible Assets and Goodwill".

71

Table of Contents
RAMBUS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9. Balance Sheet Details
Property, Plant and Equipment, net
Property, plant and equipment, net is comprised of the following:
 
As of December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
(In thousands)
Building
$
40,320

 
$
40,320

Computer software
20,012

 
21,412

Computer equipment
31,224

 
27,744

Furniture and fixtures
13,943

 
13,464

Leasehold improvements
7,098

 
7,052

Machinery
11,037

 
11,699

Construction in progress
637

 
425

 
124,271

 
122,116

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
(67,655
)
 
(58,093
)
 
$
56,616

 
$
64,023

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , for the Sunnyvale and Brecksville facilities, the Company had capitalized $40.3 million in building based on the estimated fair value of the portion of the unfinished spaces, capitalized interest on the unfinished spaces and construction costs related to the build-out of the facilities. See Note 11, "Commitments and Contingencies" for additional details.
Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 was $12.4 million , $13.6 million and $15.5 million , respectively.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Gain (Loss)
Accumulated other comprehensive gain (loss) is comprised of the following:
 
As of December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
(In thousands)
Foreign currency translation adjustments
$
95

 
$
86

Unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities, net of tax
278

 
(488
)
Total
$
373

 
$
(402
)
10. Convertible Notes
The Company’s convertible notes are shown in the following table.
(Dollars in thousands)
As of December 31, 2015
 
As of December 31, 2014
1.125% Convertible Senior Notes due 2018
$
138,000

 
$
138,000

Unamortized discount - 2018 Notes
(17,099
)
 
(22,911
)
Total convertible notes
$
120,901

 
$
115,089

Less current portion

 

Total long-term convertible notes
$
120,901

 
$
115,089

1.125% Convertible Senior Notes due 2018. On August 16, 2013, the Company issued $138.0 million aggregate principal amount of 1.125% convertible senior notes pursuant to an indenture (the "Indenture") by and between the Company and U.S. Bank, National Association as the trustee. The 2018 Notes will mature on August 15, 2018 (the "Maturity Date"), subject to earlier repurchase or conversion. In accounting for the 2018 Notes at issuance, the Company separated the 2018 Notes into liability and equity components pursuant to the accounting standards for convertible debt instruments that may be fully or

72

Table of Contents
RAMBUS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

partially settled in cash upon conversion. As of the date of issuance, the Company determined that the liability component of the 2018 Notes was $107.7 million and the equity component of the 2018 Notes was $30.3 million . The fair value of the liability component was estimated using an interest rate for a similar instrument without a conversion feature. The unamortized discount related to the 2018 Notes is being amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over five years through August 2018.

The Company will pay cash interest at an annual rate of 1.125% of the principal amount at issuance, payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing on February 15, 2014. The Company incurred transaction costs of approximately $3.6 million related to the issuance of 2018 Notes. In accounting for these costs, the Company allocated the costs to the liability and equity components in proportion to the allocation of proceeds from the issuance of the 2018 Notes to such components. Transaction costs allocated to the liability component of $2.8 million were recorded as deferred offering costs in other assets and are being amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over five years (the expected term of the debt). The transaction costs allocated to the equity component of $0.8 million were recorded as additional paid-in capital. The 2018 Notes are the Company's general unsecured obligations, ranking equally in right of payment to all of Rambus’ existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness, including the 2014 Notes, and senior in right of payment to any of the Company’s future indebtedness that is expressly subordinated to the 2018 Notes.

The 2018 Notes are convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock at an initial conversion rate of 82.8329 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of 2018 Notes, subject to adjustment in certain events. This is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $12.07 per share of common stock. Holders may surrender their 2018 Notes for conversion prior to the close of business day immediately preceding May 15, 2018 only under the following circumstances: ( 1) during any calendar quarter commencing after the calendar quarter ending on December 31, 2013 (and only during such calendar quarter), if the closing sale price of the common stock for 20 days or more trading days (whether or not consecutive) during a period of 30 days consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter is more than 130% of the conversion price per share of common stock on the last trading day of the preceding calendar quarter; (2) during the five business day period after any five consecutive trading day period (the ‘‘measurement period’’) in which the trading price (as defined below) per $1,000 principal amount of notes for each trading day of the measurement period was less than 98% of the product of the closing sale price of the Company's common stock and the conversion rate on each such trading day; (3) upon the occurrence of specified distributions to holders of the Company's common stock; or (4) upon the occurrence of specified corporate events. On or after May 15, 2018 until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the Maturity Date, holders may convert their notes at any time, regardless of the foregoing circumstances. If a holder elects to convert its 2018 Notes in connection with certain fundamental changes, as that term is defined in the Indenture, that occur prior to the Maturity Date, the Company will, in certain circumstances, increase the conversion rate for 2018 Notes converted in connection with such fundamental changes by a specified number of shares of common stock.

Upon conversion of the 2018 Notes, the Company will pay cash up to the aggregate principal amount of the notes to be converted and pay or deliver, as the case may be, cash, shares of the Company's common stock or a combination of cash and shares of the Company's common stock, at the Company's election, in respect of the remainder, if any, of the Company's conversion obligation in excess of the aggregate principal amount of the notes being converted, as specified in the Indenture.

The Company may not redeem the 2018 Notes at its option prior to the Maturity Date, and no sinking fund is provided for the 2018 Notes.

Upon the occurrence of a fundamental change, holders may require the Company to repurchase for cash all or any portion of their notes at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the fundamental change repurchase date.

The following events are considered events of default under the Indenture which may result in the acceleration of the maturity of the 2018 Notes:

(1) default in the payment when due of any principal of any of the notes at maturity, upon redemption or upon exercise of a repurchase right or otherwise;

(2) default in the payment of any interest, including additional interest, if any, on any of the notes, when the interest becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days;

73

Table of Contents
RAMBUS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


(3) the Company's failure to deliver cash or cash and shares of the Company's common stock (including any additional shares deliverable as a result of a conversion in connection with a make-whole fundamental change, as defined in the Indenture) when required by the Indenture;

(4) default in the Company's obligation to provide notice of the occurrence of a fundamental change, make-whole fundamental change or distribution to holders of the Company's common stock when required by the Indenture;

(5) the Company's failure to comply with any of the Company's other agreements in the notes or the Indenture (other than those referred to in clauses (1) through (4) above) for 60 days after the Company's receipt of written notice to the Company of such default from the trustee or to the Company and the trustee of such default from holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the 2018 Notes then outstanding;

(6) the Company's failure to pay when due the principal of, or acceleration of, any indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of the Company's material subsidiaries in excess of $40 million principal amount, if such indebtedness is not discharged, or such acceleration is not annulled, for a period of 30 days after written notice thereof is delivered to the Company by the trustee or to the Company and the trustee by the holders of 25% or more in aggregate principal amount of the notes then outstanding without such failure to pay having been cured or waived, such acceleration having been rescinded or annulled (if applicable) and such indebtedness not having been paid or discharged; and

(7) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization relating to the Company or any of the Company's material subsidiaries (as defined in the Indenture).

If an event of default, other than an event of default described in clause (7) above with respect to the Company, occurs and is continuing, either the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the notes then outstanding may declare the principal amount of, and accrued and unpaid interest, including additional interest, if any, on the notes then outstanding to be immediately due and payable. If an event of default described in clause (7) above occurs with respect to the Company, the principal amount of and accrued and unpaid interest, including additional interest, if any, on the notes will automatically become immediately due and payable.

5% Convertible Senior Notes due 2014. On June 29, 2009, the Company issued $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of 5% convertible senior notes due June 15, 2014. As of the date of issuance, the Company determined that the liability component of the 2014 Notes was approximately $92.4 million and the equity component was approximately $57.6 million . On July 10, 2009, an additional $22.5 million of the 2014 Notes were issued as a result of the underwriters exercising their overallotment option. As of the date of issuance of the $22.5 million 2014 Notes, the Company determined that the liability component was approximately $14.3 million , and the equity component was approximately $8.2 million . The unamortized discount related to the 2014 Notes was being amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over five years through June 2014.
The Company paid cash interest at an annual rate of 5% of the principal amount at issuance, payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, beginning on December 15, 2009. During 2014, the Company paid approximately $4.3 million of interest related to the 2014 Notes. During 2013, the Company paid approximately $8.6 million of interest related to the 2014 Notes. Issuance costs were approximately $5.1 million of which $3.2 million is related to the liability portion, which is being amortized to interest expense over five years (the expected term of the debt), and $1.9 million is related to the equity portion. The 2014 Notes were the Company’s general unsecured obligation, ranking equal in right of payment to all of the Company’s existing and future senior indebtedness and were senior in right of payment to any of the Company’s future indebtedness that was expressly subordinated to the 2014 Notes.
The 2014 Notes were convertible into shares of the Company’s Common Stock at an initial conversion rate of 51.8 shares of Common Stock per $1,000 principal amount of 2014 Notes. This was equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $19.31 per share of common stock. Holders could have surrendered their 2014 Notes for conversion prior to March 15, 2014 only under the following circumstances: (i) during any calendar quarter beginning after the calendar quarter ending September 30, 2009, and only during such calendar quarter, if the closing sale price of the Common Stock for 20 days or more trading days in the period of 30 days consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter exceeded 130% of the conversion price in effect on the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, (ii) during the five business day period after any 10 days consecutive trading day period in which the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of 2014 Notes for each trading day of such 10 days consecutive trading day period was less than 98% of the

74

Table of Contents
RAMBUS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

product of the closing sale price of the Common Stock for such trading day and the applicable conversion rate, (iii) upon the occurrence of specified distributions to holders of the Common Stock, (iv) upon a fundamental change of the Company as specified in the Indenture governing the 2014 Notes, or (v) if the Company calls any or all of the 2014 Notes for redemption, at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the redemption date. On and after March 15, 2014, holders may convert their 2014 Notes at any time until the close of business on the third business day prior to the maturity date, regardless of the foregoing circumstances.
Upon conversion of the 2014 Notes, the Company would have paid (i) cash equal to the lesser of the aggregate principal amount and the conversion value of the 2014 Notes and (ii) shares of the Company’s Common Stock for the remainder, if any, of the Company’s conversion obligation, in each case based on a daily conversion value calculated on a proportionate basis for each trading day in the 20 days trading day conversion reference period as further specified in the Indenture.
The Company was not able to redeem the 2014 Notes at its option prior to June 15, 2012. At any time on or after June 15, 2012, the Company had the right, at its option, to redeem the 2014 Notes in whole or in part for cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2014 Notes to be redeemed, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, if the closing sale price of the Common Stock for at least 20 days of the 30 days consecutive trading days immediately prior to any date the Company gives a notice of redemption was greater than 130% of the conversion price on the date of such notice.
Upon the occurrence of a fundamental change, holders could have required the Company to repurchase some or all of their 2014 Notes for cash at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2014 Notes being repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. In addition, upon the occurrence of certain fundamental changes, as that term is defined in the Indenture, the Company would have, in certain circumstances, increased the conversion rate for the 2014 Notes converted in connection with such fundamental changes by a specified number of shares of Common Stock, not to exceed 15.5401 per $1,000 principal amount of the 2014 Notes.
The following events were considered “Events of Default” under the Indenture which would have resulted in the acceleration of the maturity of the 2014 Notes:
(1)
default in the payment when due of any principal of any of the 2014 Notes at maturity, upon redemption or upon exercise of a repurchase right or otherwise;
(2)
default in the payment of any interest, including additional interest, if any, on any of the 2014 Notes, when the interest becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days ;
(3)
the Company’s failure to deliver cash or cash and shares of Common Stock (including any additional shares deliverable as a result of a conversion in connection with a make-whole fundamental change) when required to be delivered upon the conversion of any 2014 Note;
(4)
default in the Company’s obligation to provide notice of the occurrence of a fundamental change when required by the Indenture;
(5)
the Company’s failure to comply with any of its other agreements in the 2014 Notes or the Indenture (other than those referred to in clauses (1) through (4) above) for 60 days after the Company’s receipt of written notice to the Company of such default from the trustee or to the Company and the trustee of such default from holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the 2014 Notes then outstanding;
(6)
the Company’s failure to pay when due the principal of, or acceleration of, any indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries in excess of $30 million principal amount, if such indebtedness is not discharged, or such acceleration is not annulled, by the end of a period of ten days after written notice to the Company by the trustee or to the Company and the trustee by the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the 2014 Notes then outstanding; and
(7)
certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization relating to the Company or any of its material subsidiaries (as defined in the Indenture).
If an event of default, other than an event of default in clause (7) above with respect to the Company occurs and is continuing, either the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the 2014 Notes then outstanding may declare the principal amount of, and accrued and unpaid interest, including additional interest, if any, on the 2014 Notes then outstanding to be immediately due and payable. If an event of default described in clause (7) above occurs with respect to

75

Table of Contents
RAMBUS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

the Company the principal amount of and accrued and unpaid interest, including additional interest, if any, on the 2014 Notes will automatically become immediately due and payable.
During the second quarter of 2014, the Company paid upon maturity the entire $172.5 million in aggregate principal amount of the 2014 Notes.
Additional paid-in capital at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 includes $93.4 million for each year related to the equity component of the notes.
As of December 31, 2015 , none of the conversion conditions were met related to the 2018 Notes. Therefore, the classification of the entire equity component for the 2018 Notes in permanent equity is appropriate as of December 31, 2015 .
Interest expense related to the notes for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 was as follows:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
(in thousands)
2018 Notes coupon interest at a rate of 1.125%
$
1,567

 
$
1,567

 
$
582

2018 Notes amortization of discount and debt issuance cost at an additional effective interest rate of 5.5%
6,372

 
6,019

 
2,171

2014 Notes coupon interest at a rate of 5%

 
3,929

 
8,625

2014 Notes amortization of discount at an additional effective interest rate of 11.7%

 
8,744

 
17,126

Total interest expense on convertible notes
$
7,939

 
$
20,259

 
$
28,504


11. Commitments and Contingencies
On December 15, 2009, the Company entered into a lease agreement for approximately 125,000 square feet of office space located at 1050 Enterprise Way in Sunnyvale, California commencing on July 1, 2010 and expiring on June 30, 2020. The office space is used for the Company’s corporate headquarters, as well as engineering, sales, marketing and administrative operations and activities. The annual base rent for these leases includes certain rent abatement and increases annually over the lease term. The Company has two options to extend the lease for a period of 60 months each and a one-time option to terminate the lease after 84 months in exchange for an early termination fee. Pursuant to the terms of the lease, the landlord agreed to reimburse the Company approximately $9.1 million , which was received by the year ended December 31, 2011. The Company recognized the reimbursement as an additional imputed financing obligation as such payment from the landlord is deemed to be an imputed financing obligation. On November 4, 2011, to better plan for future expansion, the Company entered into an amended lease for its Sunnyvale facility for approximately an additional 31,000 -square-foot space commencing on March 1, 2012 and expiring on June 30, 2020. Additionally, a tenant improvement allowance to be provided by the landlord was approximately $1.7 million . On September 29, 2012, the Company entered into a second amended Sunnyvale lease to reduce the tenant improvement allowance to approximately $1.5 million . On January 31, 2013, the Company entered into a third amendment to the Sunnyvale lease to surrender the 31,000 square-foot space from the first amendment back to the landlord and recorded a total charge of $2.0 million related to the surrender of the amended lease.

On March 8, 2010, the Company entered into a lease agreement for approximately 25,000 square feet of office and manufacturing areas, located in Brecksville, Ohio. The office area is used for the LDT group’s engineering activities while the manufacturing area is used for the manufacture of prototypes. This lease was amended on September 29, 2011 to expand the facility to approximately 51,000 total square feet and the amended lease will expire on July 31, 2019. The Company has an option to extend the lease for a period of 60 months .
The Company undertook a series of structural improvements to ready the Sunnyvale and Brecksville facilities for its use. Since these improvements were considered structural in nature and the Company was responsible for any cost overruns, for accounting purposes, the Company was treated in substance as the owner of each construction project during the construction period. At the completion of each construction, the Company concluded that it retained sufficient continuing involvement to preclude de-recognition of the building under the FASB authoritative guidance applicable to the sale leasebacks of real estate. As such, the Company continues to account for the buildings as owned real estate and to record an imputed financing obligation for its obligations to the legal owners.

76

Table of Contents
RAMBUS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Monthly lease payments on these facilities are allocated between the land element of the lease (which is accounted for as an operating lease) and the imputed financing obligation. The imputed financing obligation is amortized using the effective interest method and the interest rate was determined in accordance with the requirements of sale leaseback accounting. For the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , the Company recognized in its Consolidated Statements of Operations $4.5 million , $4.5 million , and $4.4 million , respectively, of interest expense in connection with the imputed financing obligation on these facilities. At December 31, 2015 and 2014 , the imputed financing obligation balance in connection with these facilities was $39.3 million and $39.5 million , respectively, which was primarily classified under long-term imputed financing obligation.
As of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , the Company had capitalized $40.3 million in property, plant and equipment based on the estimated fair value of the portion of the pre-construction shell, construction costs related to the build-out of the facilities and capitalized interest during construction period. At the end of the initial lease term, should the Company decide not to renew the lease, the Company would reverse the equal amounts of the net book value of the building and the corresponding imputed financing obligation.
In November 2011, the Company entered into a lease agreement for approximately 26,000 square feet of office space in San Francisco, California to be used for CRD's office space and is treated as an operating lease. This lease has a commencement date of February 1, 2012 and a lease term of 75 months from the commencement date. The annual base rent includes certain rent abatement and increases annually over the lease term.
In connection with the June 3, 2011 acquisition of CRD, the Company was obligated to pay a retention bonus to certain CRD employees and contractors, subject to certain eligibility and acceleration provisions including the condition of employment, in three equal amounts of approximately $16.7 million . All three payments have been paid as of December 31, 2014 with the last portion paid in 2014.
On June 29, 2009, the Company entered into an Indenture with U.S. Bank, National Association, as trustee, relating to the issuance by the Company of $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 2014 Notes. On July 10, 2009, an additional $22.5 million in aggregate principal amount of 2014 Notes were issued as a result of the underwriters exercising their overallotment option. During the second quarter of 2014, the Company paid upon maturity the entire $172.5 million in aggregate principal amount of the 2014 Notes.
On August 16, 2013, the Company entered into an Indenture with U.S. Bank, National Association, as trustee, relating to the issuance by the Company of $138.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 2018 Notes. The aggregate principal amount of the 2018 notes as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $138.0 million , offset by unamortized debt discount of $17.1 million and $22.9 million , respectively, on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The unamortized discount related to the 2018 Notes is being amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the remaining 32 months until maturity of the 2018 Notes on August 15, 2018. See Note 10, “Convertible Notes,” for additional details.

As of December 31, 2015 , the Company’s material contractual obligations are as follows (in thousands):
 
Total
 
2016
 
2017
 
2018
 
2019
 
2020
 
Thereafter
Contractual obligations (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Imputed financing obligation (2)
$
28,376

 
$
6,156

 
$
6,302

 
$
6,447

 
$
6,602

 
$
2,869

 
$

Leases and other contractual obligations
6,646

 
4,321

 
1,569

 
546

 
210

 

 

Software licenses (3)
3,166

 
2,427

 
549

 
190

 

 

 

Convertible notes
138,000

 

 

 
138,000

 

 

 

Interest payments related to convertible notes
4,658

 
1,553

 
1,553

 
1,552

 

 

 

Total
$
180,846

 
$
14,457

 
$
9,973

 
$
146,735

 
$
6,812

 
$
2,869

 
$

______________________________________
(1)
The above table does not reflect possible payments in connection with uncertain tax benefits of approximately $20.8 million including $18.6 million recorded as a reduction of long-term deferred tax assets and $2.2 million in long-term income taxes payable, as of December 31, 2015 . As noted below in Note 16, “Income Taxes,” although it is possible that

77

Table of Contents
RAMBUS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

some of the unrecognized tax benefits could be settled within the next 12 months , the Company cannot reasonably estimate the outcome at this time.
(2)
With respect to the imputed financing obligation, the main components of the difference between the amount reflected in the contractual obligations table and the amount reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheets are the interest on the imputed financing obligation and the estimated common area expenses over the future periods. The amount includes the amended Ohio lease and the amended Sunnyvale lease.
(3)
The Company has commitments with various software vendors for non-cancellable agreements generally having terms longer than one year.
Rent expense was approximately $2.7 million , $2.6 million and $3.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively.
Indemnifications
From time to time, the Company indemnifies certain customers as a necessary means of doing business. Indemnification covers customers for losses suffered or incurred by them as a result of any patent, copyright, or other intellectual property infringement or any other claim by any third party arising as result of the applicable agreement with the Company. The Company generally attempts to limit the maximum amount of indemnification that the Company could be required to make under these agreements to the amount of fees received by the Company, however, this is not always possible.  The fair value of the liability as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 is not material.
12. Equity Incentive Plans and Stock-Based Compensation
Stock Option Plans
The Company has three stock option plans under which grants are currently outstanding: the 1997 Stock Option Plan (the “1997 Plan”), the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2006 Plan”) and the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”). On April 23, 2015, the Company's stockholders approved the 2015 Plan, which authorizes 4,000,000 shares for future issuance plus the number of shares that remained available for grant under the 2006 Plan as of the effective date of the 2015 Plan. The 2015 Plan became effective and replaced the 2006 Plan on April 23, 2015. The 2015 Plan was the Company’s only plan for providing stock-based incentive awards to eligible employees, executive officers, non-employee directors and consultants as of December 31, 2015. Grants under all plans typically have a requisite service period of 60 months or 48 months , have straight-line or graded vesting schedules (the 1997 only) and expire not more than 10 years from date of grant. No further awards will be made under the 2006 Plan, but the 2006 Plan will continue to govern awards previously granted under it. In addition, any shares subject to stock options or other awards granted under the 2006 Plan that on or after the effective date of the 2015 Plan are forfeited, cancelled, exchanged or surrendered or terminate under the 2006 Plan will become available for grant under the 2015 Plan. The Board will periodically review actual share consumption under the 2015 Plan and may make a request for additional shares as needed. Additionally, the 1997 Plan continues to govern awards previously granted under that plan.
The 2006 Plan was approved by the stockholders in May 2006. The 2006 Plan, as amended, provides for the issuance of the following types of incentive awards: (i) stock options; (ii) stock appreciation rights; (iii) restricted stock; (iv) restricted stock units; (v) performance shares and performance units; and (vi) other stock or cash awards. This plan provides for the granting of awards at less than fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant, but such grants would be counted against the numerical limits of available shares at a ratio of 1.5 to 1.0 . The Board of Directors reserved 8,400,000  shares in March 2006 for issuance under this plan, subject to stockholder approval. Upon stockholder approval of this Plan on May 10, 2006, the 1997 Plan was replaced and the 1999 Non-statutory Stock Option Plan (which had no grants outstanding as of December 31, 2015) was terminated. On April 30, 2009 and April 26, 2012, stockholders approved an additional 6,500,000 shares on each date for issuance under the 2006 Plan. Additionally, on April 24, 2014, stockholders approved an additional 10,000,000 shares for issuance under the 2006 Plan. Those who were eligible for awards under the 2006 Plan included employees, directors and consultants who provide services to the Company and its affiliates. These options typically have a requisite service period of 60 months or 48 months , have straight-line vesting schedules, and expire ten years from date of grant.
As of December 31, 2015 , 11,173,545  shares of the 35,400,000  shares approved under the plans remain available for grant. The 2015 Plan is now the Company’s only plan for providing stock-based incentive compensation to eligible employees, directors and consultants.

78

Table of Contents
RAMBUS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

A summary of shares available for grant under the Company’s plans is as follows:
 
Shares Available for Grant
Shares available as of December 31, 2012
2,729,159
Stock options granted
(2,084,276)
Stock options forfeited
3,318,022
Stock options expired under former plans
(1,157,419)
Nonvested equity stock and stock units granted (1)
(709,611)
Nonvested equity stock and stock units forfeited (1)
431,553
Total shares available for grant as of December 31, 2013
2,527,428
Increase in shares approved for issuance
10,000,000
Stock options granted
(2,370,313)
Stock options forfeited
1,400,349
Stock options expired under former plans
(373,043)
Nonvested equity stock and stock units granted (1)
(585,753)
Nonvested equity stock and stock units forfeited (1)
125,560
Total shares available for grant as of December 31, 2014
10,724,228
Increase in shares approved for issuance
4,000,000
Stock options granted
(362,335)
Stock options forfeited
1,624,823
Stock options expired under former plans
(657,878)
Nonvested equity stock and stock units granted (1) (2)
(4,537,797)
Nonvested equity stock and stock units forfeited (1)
382,504
Total shares available for grant as of December 31, 2015
11,173,545
______________________________________
(1)
For purposes of determining the number of shares available for grant under the 2015 Plan against the maximum number of shares authorized, each restricted stock granted reduces the number of shares available for grant by 1.5  shares and each restricted stock forfeited increases shares available for grant by 1.5 shares.
(2)
Amount includes 238,980 shares that have been reserved for potential future issuance related to certain performance unit awards discussed under the section titled "Nonvested Equity Stock and Stock Units" below.


79

Table of Contents
RAMBUS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

General Stock Option Information
The following table summarizes stock option activity under the stock option plans for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 and information regarding stock options outstanding, exercisable, and vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2015 .
 
Options Outstanding
 
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term
 
 
 
Number of Shares
 
Weighted Average Exercise Price per Share
 
 
Aggregate Intrinsic Value
 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
Outstanding as of December 31, 2012
13,094,815
 
$
12.79

 
 
 
 
Options granted
2,084,276
 
$
6.09

 
 
 
 
Options exercised
(483,923)
 
$
6.72

 
 
 
 
Options forfeited
(3,318,022)
 
$
14.51

 
 
 
 
Outstanding as of December 31, 2013
11,377,146
 
$
11.32

 
 
 
 
Options granted
2,370,313
 
$
9.63

 
 
 
 
Options exercised
(905,464)
 
$
6.93

 
 
 
 
Options forfeited
(1,400,349)
 
$
16.13

 
 
 
 
Outstanding as of December 31, 2014
11,441,646
 
$
10.73

 
 
 
 
Options granted
362,335
 
$
11.27

 
 
 
 
Options exercised
(1,184,141)
 
$
7.42

 
 
 
 
Options forfeited
(1,624,823)
 
$
17.22

 
 
 
 
Outstanding as of December 31, 2015
8,995,017
 
$
10.01

 
5.4
 
$
32,865

Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2015
8,598,752
 
$
10.14

 
5.3
 
$
31,138

Options exercisable at December 31, 2015
5,638,184
 
$
11.58

 
4.4
 
$
18,386

During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, no stock options that contain a market condition were granted. During the year ended December 31, 2012, 1,795,000 stock options that contain a market condition were granted. These options vest in three years if specified stock prices are achieved. As of both December 31, 2015 and 2014 , there were 1,315,000 stock options outstanding that require the Company to achieve minimum market conditions in order for the options to become exercisable. The fair values of the options granted with a market condition were calculated using a binomial valuation model, which estimates the potential outcome of reaching the market condition based on simulated future stock prices.
The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value for in-the-money options at December 31, 2015 , based on the $11.59 closing stock price of Rambus’ Common Stock on December 31, 2015 on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, which would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options as of that date. The total number of in-the-money options outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2015 was 6,981,599 and 3,877,529 , respectively.
The following table summarizes the information about stock options outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2015 :

80

Table of Contents
RAMBUS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 
Options Outstanding
 
Options Exercisable
Range of Exercise Prices
Number Outstanding
 
Weighted Average Remaining
Contractual Life (in years)
 
Weighted Average Exercise Price
 
Number Exercisable
 
Weighted Average Exercise Price
$4.13 – $5.39
901,728
 
6.0
 
$
4.35

 
125,244
 
$
4.81

$5.46 – $5.46
957,421
 
6.6
 
$
5.46

 
638,284

 
$
5.46

$5.49 – $5.63
885,485
 
3.1
 
$
5.63

 
876,781
 
$
5.63

$5.76 – $5.76
1,210,505
 
6.5
 
$
5.76

 
522,321
 
$
5.76

$6.39 – $8.55
1,007,877
 
4.8
 
$
7.73

 
940,226
 
$
7.75

$8.73 – $8.73
51,308
 
7.8
 
$
8.73

 
16,781
 
$
8.73

$8.76 – $8.76
1,291,345
 
7.7
 
$
8.76

 
536,793
 
$
8.76

$9.18 – $12.30
941,079
 
8.0
 
$
11.25

 
308,564
 
$
11.15

$12.33 – $19.86
981,013
 
2.3
 
$
18.01

 
911,222
 
$
18.29

$20.93 – $40.80
767,256
 
1.7
 
$
27.55

 
761,968
 
$
27.60

$4.13 – $40.80
8,995,017
 
5.4
 
$
10.01

 
5,638,184
 
$
11.58

Employee Stock Purchase Plans
During the year ended December 31, 2015 , the Company had two employee stock purchase plans, 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“2015 ESPP”) and the 2006 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“2006 ESPP”). During the two year period ended December 31, 2014, the Company had one employee stock purchase plan, the 2006 ESPP.
On April 23, 2015, the Company's stockholders approved the 2015 ESPP which reserves 2,000,000 shares of the Company's common stock for purchase. The 2006 ESPP remained in effect until the Company’s November 2, 2015 offering period, at which time the 2015 ESPP became effective.
In March 2006, the Company adopted the 2006 ESPP, as amended, and reserved 1,600,000  shares, subject to stockholder approval which was received on May 10, 2006. On April 26, 2012, an additional 1,500,000 shares were approved by stockholders. On September 27, 2013, the Company filed a Registration Statement on Form S-8, registering 1,500,000 additional shares under the ESPP in connection with the commencement of the next subscription period under the ESPP. On April 24, 2014, the Company held its 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders where an amendment to the ESPP to increase the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the ESPP by 1,500,000 shares was approved.
Employees generally will be eligible to participate in the plan if they are employed by Rambus for more than 20 hours  per week and more than five months in a fiscal year. Both the 2015 ESPP and 2006 ESPP (when it was in effect) provide for six month offering periods, with a new offering period commencing on the first trading day on or after May 1 and November 1 of each year. Under the plans, employees may purchase stock at the lower of 85% of the beginning of the offering period (the enrollment date), or the end of each offering period (the purchase date). Employees generally may not purchase more than the number of shares having a value greater than $25,000 in any calendar year, as measured at the purchase date.
The Company issued 544,391  shares at a weighted average price of $9.36 per share during the year ended December 31, 2015 . The Company issued 596,188  shares at a weighted average price of $8.25 per share during the year ended December 31, 2014 . The Company issued 1,063,283  shares at a weighted average price of $4.87 per share during the year ended December 31, 2013 . As of December 31, 2015 , 2,000,000  shares under the ESPP remain available for issuance.
Stock-Based Compensation
Stock Options
During the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , Rambus granted 362,335 , 2,370,313 and 2,084,276 stock options, respectively, with an estimated total grant-date fair value of $1.7 million , $10.1 million and $5.4 million , respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , Rambus recorded stock-based compensation related to stock options of $7.2 million , $9.3 million and $10.4 million , respectively.

81

Table of Contents
RAMBUS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2015 , there was $6.3 million of total unrecognized compensation cost, net of expected forfeitures, related to unvested stock-based compensation arrangements granted under the stock option plans. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.8 years . The total fair value of options vested for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 was $41.4 million , $55.3 million and $64.3 million , respectively.
The total intrinsic value of options exercised was $6.8 million , $4.4 million and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively. Intrinsic value is the total value of exercised shares based on the price of the Company’s Common Stock at the time of exercise less the proceeds received from the employees to exercise the options.
During the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , proceeds from employee stock option exercises totaled approximately $8.8 million , $6.3 million and $3.3 million , respectively.
Employee Stock Purchase Plans
During the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , Rambus recorded stock-based compensation related to the ESPP of $1.6 million , $2.6 million and $1.5 million , respectively. The compensation expense related to the ESPP for the year ended December 31, 2014 included compensation expense related to the increase in shares available for the ESPP which was approved by shareholders during the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. As of December 31, 2015 , there was $0.7 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock-based compensation arrangements granted under the ESPP. That cost is expected to be recognized over four months.
There were no tax benefits realized as a result of employee stock option exercises, stock purchase plan purchases, and vesting of equity stock and stock units for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 .
Valuation Assumptions
Rambus estimates the fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes-Merton model (“BSM”). The BSM model determines the fair value of stock-based compensation and is affected by Rambus’ stock price on the date of the grant as well as assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include expected volatility, expected life of the award, expected dividend rate, and expected risk-free rate of return. The assumptions for expected volatility and expected life are the two assumptions that significantly affect the grant date fair value. If actual results differ significantly from these estimates, stock-based compensation expense and Rambus’ results of operations could be materially impacted.
The fair value of stock awards is estimated as of the grant date using the BSM option-pricing model assuming a dividend yield of 0% and the additional weighted-average assumptions as listed in the following tables:
The following table presents the weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock options granted that contain only service conditions in the periods presented.
 
Stock Option Plans for Years Ended December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Stock Option Plans
 
 
 
 
 
Expected stock price volatility
41%
 
40%-44%
 
45%-47%
Risk free interest rate
1.2%
 
2.1%-2.2%
 
0.8%-1.5%
Expected term (in years)
6.0
 
6.0-6.1
 
5.4-5.5
Weighted-average fair value of stock options granted
$4.59
 
$4.26
 
$2.60
During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company granted 1,795,000 stock options that contain a market condition. The fair values of the options granted with a market condition were calculated using a binomial valuation model, which estimates the potential outcome of reaching the market condition based on simulated future stock prices. The weighted average fair value associated with these market condition options was immaterial.

82

Table of Contents
RAMBUS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan for Years Ended December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
 
 
 
 
 
Expected stock price volatility
34%-42%
 
39%-44%
 
44%-48%
Risk free interest rate
0.1%-0.3%
 
0.0%-0.1%
 
0.1%
Expected term (in years)
0.5
 
0.02-0.5
 
0.5
Weighted-average fair value of purchase rights granted under the purchase plan
$3.06
 
$3.57
 
$1.96
Expected Stock Price Volatility:   Given the volume of market activity in its market traded options, Rambus determined that it would use the implied volatility of its nearest-to-the-money traded options. The Company believes that the use of implied volatility is more reflective of market conditions and a better indicator of expected volatility than historical volatility. If there is not sufficient volume in its market traded options, the Company will use an equally weighted blend of historical and implied volatility.
Risk-free Interest Rate:   Rambus bases the risk-free interest rate used in the BSM valuation method on implied yield currently available on the U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent term. Where the expected terms of Rambus’ stock-based awards do not correspond with the terms for which interest rates are quoted, Rambus uses an approximation based on rates on the closest term currently available.
Expected Term:   The expected term of options granted represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The expected term was determined based on historical experience of similar awards, giving consideration to the contractual terms of the stock-based awards, vesting schedules and expectations of future employee behavior. The expected term of ESPP grants is based upon the length of each respective purchase period.
Nonvested Equity Stock and Stock Units
The Company grants nonvested equity stock units to officers, directors and employees. For the year ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , the Company granted nonvested equity stock units totaling 2,865,878 , 390,502 and 473,074 shares, respectively, under the 2015 Plan and the 2006 Plan. These awards have a service condition, generally a service period of four years, except in the case of grants to directors, for which the service period is one year. The nonvested equity stock units were valued at the date of grant giving them a fair value of approximately $33.3 million , $4.1 million and $3.3 million , respectively. During the first quarter of 2015, the Company granted performance unit awards to certain Company executive officers with vesting subject to the achievement of certain performance conditions. The ultimate number of performance units that can be earned can range from 0% to 150% of target depending on performance relative to target over the applicable period. The shares earned will vest on the third anniversary of the date of grant. The Company's shares available for grant has been reduced to reflect the shares that could be earned at 150% of target. During the year ended December 31, 2015 , the Company recorded $1.1 million of stock-based compensation expense related to these performance unit awards.
In prior years, the Company granted nonvested equity stock units to its employees with vesting subject to the achievement of certain performance conditions. During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company did not record any stock-based compensation expense related to these performance stock units as they have been forfeited. During the year ended December 31, 2013 , the achievement of certain performance conditions was considered probable, and as a result, the Company recognized an immaterial amount of stock-based compensation expense related to these performance stock units.
For the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense of approximately $6.3 million , $2.8 million and $3.1 million , respectively, related to all outstanding equity stock grants. Unrecognized stock-based compensation related to all nonvested equity stock grants, net of an estimate of forfeitures, was approximately $23.7 million at December 31, 2015 . This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.1 years .
The following table reflects the activity related to nonvested equity stock and stock units for the three years ended December 31, 2015 :

83

Table of Contents
RAMBUS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Nonvested Equity Stock and Stock Units
Shares
 
Weighted-Average
Grant-Date Fair Value
Nonvested at December 31, 2012
922,491
 
$
10.24

Granted
473,074
 
$
6.92

Vested
(478,214)
 
$
9.81

Forfeited
(287,702)
 
$
9.18

Nonvested at December 31, 2013
629,649
 
$
8.56

Granted
390,502
 
$
10.40

Vested
(262,580)
 
$
9.85

Forfeited
(83,707)
 
$
7.69

Nonvested at December 31, 2014
673,864
 
$
9.23

Granted
2,865,878
 
$
11.62

Vested
(276,622)
 
$
9.94

Forfeited
(255,002)
 
$
10.64

Nonvested at December 31, 2015
3,008,118
 
$
11.32

13. Stockholders’ Equity
Share Repurchase Program
In October 2001, the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) approved a share repurchase program of its common stock, principally to reduce the dilutive effect of employee stock options. Under this program, the Board approved the authorization to repurchase up to 19.0 million shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock over an undefined period of time. On February 25, 2010, the Board approved a new share repurchase program authorizing the repurchase of up to an additional 12.5 million shares. 
For the year ended December 31, 2014 , the Company did not repurchase any shares of its common stock under its share repurchase program. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had repurchased a cumulative total of approximately 26.3 million shares of its common stock with an aggregate price of approximately $428.9 million since the commencement of the program in 2001. As of December 31, 2014, there remained an outstanding authorization to repurchase approximately 5.2 million shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock.
On January 21, 2015, the Company's Board approved a new share repurchase program authorizing the repurchase of up to an aggregate of 20.0 million shares. Share repurchases under the plan may be made through the open market, established plans or privately negotiated transactions in accordance with all applicable securities laws, rules, and regulations. There is no expiration date applicable to the plan. This new stock repurchase program replaced the previous program approved by the Board in February 2010 and canceled the remaining shares outstanding as part of the previous authorization.

On October 26, 2015, the Company initiated an accelerated share repurchase program with Citibank, N.A. The accelerated share repurchase program is part of the broader share repurchase program previously authorized by the Company's Board on January 21, 2015. Under the accelerated share repurchase program, the Company pre-paid to Citibank, N.A., the $100.0 million purchase price for its common stock and, in turn, the Company received an initial delivery of approximately 7.8 million shares of its common stock from Citibank, N.A, which were retired and recorded as a $80.0 million reduction to stockholders' equity. The remaining $20.0 million of the initial payment was recorded as a reduction to stockholders’ equity as an unsettled forward contract indexed to the Company's stock. The number of shares to be ultimately purchased by the Company will be determined based on the volume weighted average price of the common stock during the terms of the transaction, minus an agreed upon discount between the parties. The program is expected to be completed by June 2016.

As of December 31, 2015 , there remained an outstanding authorization to repurchase approximately 12.2 million shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock under the current share repurchase program.


84

Table of Contents
RAMBUS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The Company records stock repurchases as a reduction to stockholders’ equity. The Company records a portion of the purchase price of the repurchased shares as an increase to accumulated deficit when the price of the shares repurchased exceeds the average original proceeds per share received from the issuance of common stock. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the cumulative price of $54.2 million was recorded as an increase to accumulated deficit.
14. Benefit Plans
Rambus has a 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan (the “401(k) Plan”) qualified under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. Each eligible employee may elect to contribute up to 60% of the employee’s annual compensation to the 401(k) Plan, up to the Internal Revenue Service limit. Rambus, at the discretion of its Board of Directors, may match employee contributions to the 401(k) Plan. The Company matches 50% of eligible employee’s contribution, up to the first 6% of an eligible employee’s qualified earnings. For the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , Rambus made matching contributions totaling approximately $2.1 million , $1.9 million and $1.8 million , respectively.
15. Restructuring Charges
The 2012 Plan
During 2012, the Company initiated a restructuring program to reduce overall corporate expenses which is expected to improve future profitability by reducing spending on marketing, general and administrative programs and refining some of the Company's research and development efforts (the “2012 Plan”). In connection with this restructuring program, the Company estimated that it would incur aggregate costs of approximately $10.0 million . During the year ended December 31, 2013 the Company incurred restructuring charges of $2.1 million related primarily to the consolidation of certain facilities and the reduction in workforce, of which a majority was related to corporate support functions. The 2012 Plan was completed in 2014.
The following table summarizes the 2012 Plan restructuring activities during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 :
 
 
Employee
Severance
and Related Benefits
 
Facilities
 
Total
 
 
(in thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2012
 
$
906

 
$

 
$
906

Charges
 
136

 
1,960

 
2,096

Payments
 
(958
)
 
(1,307
)
 
(2,265
)
Non-cash settlements
 

 
(653
)
*
(653
)
Balance at December 31, 2013
 
$
84

 
$

 
$
84

Payments
 
(84
)
 

 
(84
)
Balance at December 31, 2014
 
$

 
$

 
$

______________________________________
*The non-cash charge of $653 thousand is related to the termination of the Company's financing obligation associated with abandoning a construction asset at one of its facilities.
The 2013 Plan
During 2013, the Company initiated a restructuring program related primarily to its LDT group as a result of the change in its business strategy to reduce its focus on the lower margin bulb products. Additionally, the Company curtailed spending on its immersive media platform (the “2013 Plan”). In connection with this restructuring program, the Company estimated that it would incur aggregate costs of approximately $3.0 million to $4.0 million . During the year ended December 31, 2014 , the Company incurred an immaterial amount of restructuring charges related primarily to the reduction in workforce, which was related to the previously reportable ESD segment, which is part of the Other segment as of December 31, 2014. During the year ended December 31, 2013 , the Company incurred restructuring charges of $3.5 million related primarily to the reduction in workforce, of which $2.5 million was related to the previously reportable ESD segment, $0.1 million was related to the MID reportable segment and $0.9 million was related to the Other segment. The 2013 Plan was completed in 2014.
The following table summarizes the 2013 Plan restructuring activities during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 :

85

Table of Contents
RAMBUS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 
 
Employee
Severance
and Related Benefits
 
Facilities
 
Total
 
 
(In thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2012
 
$

 
$

 
$

Charges
 
3,255

 
195

 
3,450

Payments
 
(1,523
)
 
(62
)
 
(1,585
)
Balance at December 31, 2013
 
$
1,732

 
$
133

 
$
1,865

Charges
 
39

 

 
39

Payments
 
(1,771
)
 
(133
)
 
(1,904
)
Balance at December 31, 2014
 
$

 
$

 
$


The 2015 Plan
During 2015, the Company initiated a restructuring program to reduce overall corporate expenses which is expected to improve future profitability by reducing spending on sales, general and administrative programs and refining some of its research and development efforts ("the 2015 Plan"). In connection with this restructuring program, the Company initiated a plan of termination resulting in a reduction of 8% of the Company's headcount. The Company estimated that it would incur a cash payout related to the reduction in force of approximately $3.0 million , which is related to severance and termination benefits. The estimated non-cash expense was expected to be approximately $1.0 million . During the year ended December 31, 2015 , the Company recorded a charge of $3.6 million related primarily to the reduction in workforce, of which $1.4 million was related to the MID reportable segment, $0.1 million was related to the CRD reportable segment, $1.2 million was related to the Other segment and $0.9 million was related to corporate support functions. The 2015 Plan is expected to be completed by the first quarter of 2016.
The following table summarizes the 2015 Plan restructuring activities during the year ended December 31, 2015 :
 
 
Employee
Severance
and Related Benefits
 
Facilities
 
Total
 
 
(In thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2014
 
$

 
$

 
$

Charges
 
2,993

 
583

 
3,576

Payments
 
(1,765
)
 

 
(1,765
)
Non-cash settlements
 

 
(583
)
*
(583
)
Balance at December 31, 2015
 
$
1,228

 
$

 
$
1,228

______________________________________
*The non-cash charge of $583 thousand is related to the write down of fixed assets related to the Other segment.
 

86

Table of Contents
RAMBUS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

16. Income Taxes
Income (loss) before taxes consisted of the following:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
(In thousands)
Domestic
$
58,498

 
$
49,173

 
$
(12,535
)
Foreign
1,733

 
1,077

 
518

 
$
60,231

 
$
50,250

 
$
(12,017
)
The provision for (benefit from) income taxes is comprised of:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
(In thousands)
Federal:
 
 
 
 
 
Current
$
20,497

 
$
19,386

 
$
19,319

Deferred
(170,798
)
 
2,337

 
2,200

State:
 
 
 
 
 
Current
609

 
713

 
47

Deferred
(1,933
)
 

 
(501
)
Foreign:
 
 
 
 
 
Current
443

 
1,640

 
446

Deferred
25

 
(27
)
 
220

 
$
(151,157
)
 
$
24,049

 
$
21,731

The differences between Rambus’ effective tax rate and the U.S. federal statutory regular tax rate are as follows:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Expense (benefit) at U.S. federal statutory rate
35.0
 %
 
35.0
 %
 
(35.0
)%
Expense (benefit) at state statutory rate
(1.5
)
 
1.0

 
(3.3
)
Withholding tax
34.1

 
38.6

 
160.4

Foreign rate differential
0.4

 
2.5

 
4.1

Research and development (“R&D”) credit
(2.3
)
 
(6.1
)
 
(36.7
)
Executive compensation
0.5

 
0.2

 
0.8

Stock-based compensation
5.3

 
1.4

 
2.5

Foreign tax credit
(34.1
)
 
(38.7
)
 
(163.3
)
Other
(0.6
)
 
0.6

 
(1.0
)
Valuation allowance
(287.8
)
 
13.4

 
252.3

 
(251.0
)%
 
47.9
 %
 
180.8
 %

87

Table of Contents
RAMBUS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The components of the net deferred tax assets are as follows:
 
As of December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
(In thousands)
Deferred tax assets:
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
$
30,019

 
$
29,099

Other liabilities and reserves
7,227
 
9,916
Deferred equity compensation
23,176
 
29,511
Net operating loss carryovers
11,746
 
12,307
Tax credits
117,078
 
116,658
Total gross deferred tax assets
189,246

 
197,491

Convertible debt
(6,044)
 
(8,092)
Total net deferred tax assets
183,202

 
189,399

Valuation allowance
(20,717
)
 
(193,874
)
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)
$
162,485

 
$
(4,475
)
 
As of December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
(In thousands)
Reported as:
 
 
 
Current deferred tax assets
$

 
$
187

Current deferred tax liabilities

 
(1,131
)
Non-current deferred tax assets
162,485

 
536

Non-current deferred tax liabilities

 
(4,067
)
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)
$
162,485

 
$
(4,475
)
In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, "Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes (Topic 740)," to simplify the presentation of deferred income taxes. The amendments in this update require that deferred tax liabilities and assets be classified as non-current in a classified statement of financial position. This ASU is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016 and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company has early adopted this ASU as of December 31, 2015 on a prospective basis.
Management periodically evaluates the realizability of our net deferred tax assets based on all available evidence, both positive and negative. The realizability of the Company’s net deferred tax assets is dependent on its ability to generate sufficient future taxable income during periods prior to the expiration of tax attributes to fully utilize these assets. Management evaluated the realizability of its net deferred tax assets based on all available evidence, both positive and negative, in determining that it was appropriate to release the valuation allowance for the Company’s U.S. federal and other state deferred tax assets of $174.5 million during the third quarter of 2015 in accordance with FASB ASC 740-10-30-16 to 25.
The Company emerged from a cumulative loss position over the previous three years during the first quarter of 2015. The cumulative three-year pre-tax income is considered positive evidence which is objective and verifiable, and thus, received significant weighting. The continued stability in the Company’s operations along with the increased visibility into the adoption of its security technology in the third quarter of 2015 provided additional evidence to the Company’s belief that it will generate sufficient taxable income in the future. Additional positive evidence considered by management in its assessment included a lack of unused operating loss carryforwards in the Company’s history as well as anticipated future benefits from its cost management. Negative evidence management considered included economic uncertainties such as volatility of the semiconductor industry and uncertainties associated with the development of new products that could impact the Company’s ability to generate a sustained level of future profits.
Upon considering the relative impact of all evidence during the third quarter of 2015, both negative and positive, and the weight accorded to each, the Company concluded that it was more likely than not that its deferred tax assets would be realizable with the exception of primarily its California deferred tax assets that have not met the “more likely than not” realization threshold criteria. As a result, the Company released the related valuation allowance against such deferred tax assets which is

88

Table of Contents
RAMBUS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

included as a component of the benefit from income taxes in the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated statement of operations. The Company continues to maintain a deferred tax asset valuation allowance of $20.7 million as of December 31, 2015 .

The following table presents the tax valuation allowance information for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013:
 
Balance at Beginning of Period
 
Charged (Credited) to Operations
 
Charged to Other Account*
 
Valuation Allowance Release
 
Balance at End of Period
Tax Valuation Allowance
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year ended December 31, 2013
$
184,817

 

 
8,006

 

 
$
192,823

Year ended December 31, 2014
$
192,823

 

 
1,051

 

 
$
193,874

Year ended December 31, 2015
$
193,874

 

 
1,299

 
(174,456
)
 
$
20,717

______________________________________
*
Amounts not charged to operations are charged to other comprehensive income or deferred tax assets (liabilities).
As of December 31, 2015 , Rambus had California and other state net operating loss carryforwards of $285.0 million and $75.9 million , respectively. As of December 31, 2015 , Rambus had federal research and development tax credit carryforwards of $34.2 million , alternative minimum tax credits of $2.5 million , and foreign tax credits of $118.6 million . As of December 31, 2015 , Rambus had California research and development tax credit carryforwards of $22.3 million . These carryforward amounts included $37.9 million of federal tax credits and $97.7 million of California net operating losses for which no deferred tax asset has been recognized because they relate to excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation tax deductions. The excess tax benefits will be recorded to additional paid-in capital when they reduce cash taxes payable. The federal foreign tax credits and research and development credits begin to expire in 2016 and 2018, respectively. Approximately $55 million of federal foreign tax credits expire in 2020. The California net operating losses begin to expire in 2018. The federal alternative minimum tax credits and the California research and development credits carry forward indefinitely.
In the event of a change in ownership, as defined under federal and state tax laws, Rambus' net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards could be subject to annual limitations. The annual limitations could result in the expiration of the net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards prior to utilization.
As of December 31, 2015 , the Company had $20.8 million of unrecognized tax benefits including $18.6 million recorded as a reduction of long-term deferred tax assets and $2.2 million recorded in long term income taxes payable. If recognized, $2.2 million would be recorded as an income tax benefit in the consolidated statements of operations. As of December 31, 2014 , the Company had $19.9 million of unrecognized tax benefits including $17.8 million recorded as a reduction of long-term deferred tax assets and $2.1 million recorded in long term income taxes payable. If recognized, $2.1 million would be recorded as an income tax benefit in the consolidated statements of operations. It is reasonably possible that a reduction of up to $1.0 million of existing unrecognized tax benefits could occur in the next 12 months .
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized income tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 is as follows (amounts in thousands):

89

Table of Contents
RAMBUS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Balance at January 1
$
19,903

 
$
18,794

 
$
16,773

Tax positions related to current year:
 
 
 
 
 
Additions
1,186

 
1,134

 
1,156

Tax positions related to prior years:
 
 
 
 
 
Additions

 
531

 
956

Reductions
(35
)
 
(556
)
 
(91
)
Settlements
(218
)
 

 

Balance at December 31
$
20,836

 
$
19,903

 
$
18,794

Rambus recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of the income tax provision (benefit). At December 31, 2015 and 2014 , an immaterial amount of interest and penalties are included in long-term income taxes payable.
Rambus files income tax returns for the U.S., California, India and various other state and foreign jurisdictions. The U.S. federal returns are subject to examination from 2013 and forward. The California returns are subject to examination from 2010 and forward. In addition, any R&D credit carryforward or net operating loss carryforward generated in prior years and utilized in these or future years may also be subject to examination. The India returns are subject to examination from fiscal year ending March 2009 and forward. The Company is currently under examination by California for the 2010 and 2011 tax years. The Company’s India subsidiary is under examination by the Indian tax administration from 2009 and forward. These examinations may result in proposed adjustments to the income taxes as filed during these periods. Management regularly assesses the likelihood of outcomes resulting from income tax examinations to determine the adequacy of their provision for income taxes and believes their provision for unrecognized tax benefits is adequate.
At December 31, 2015 , no deferred taxes have been provided on undistributed earnings of approximately $3.9 million from the Company’s international subsidiaries since these earnings have been, and under current plans will continue to be, indefinitely reinvested outside the United States. It is not practicable to determine the amount of the unrecognized tax liability at this time.
17. Litigation and Asserted Claims
Rambus is not currently a party to any material pending legal proceeding; however, from time to time, Rambus may become involved in legal proceedings or be subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of its business. Although the results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, the Company currently believes that the final outcome of these ordinary course matters will not have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial position or cash flows. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on the Company because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

The Company records a contingent liability when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount is reasonably estimable in accordance with accounting for contingencies.
18. Agreements with SK hynix and Micron
SK hynix
On June 11, 2013, Rambus, SK hynix and certain related entities of SK hynix entered into a settlement agreement, pursuant to which the parties have agreed to release all claims against each other with respect to all outstanding litigation between them. Pursuant to the settlement agreement, Rambus and SK hynix entered into a semiconductor patent license agreement on June 11, 2013, under which SK hynix licenses from Rambus non-exclusive rights to certain Rambus patents and has agreed to pay Rambus cash amounts over the next five years . Under the license agreement, Rambus has granted to SK hynix (i) a paid-up perpetual patent license for certain identified SK hynix DRAM products and (ii) a five-year term patent license to all other DRAM and other semiconductor products.

In June 2015, the Company s igned an amendment that extends its current agreement with SK hynix for an additional six years for use of Rambus memory-related patented innovations in SK hynix semiconductor products. The Company signed the original agreement with SK hynix for a five-year term in June 2013. Under the amendment, SK hynix has agreed to continue to pay the Company an average quarterly cash payment of $12.0 million which equates to $432.0 million from the signing of the

90

Table of Contents
RAMBUS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

amendment through the term of the agreement ending July 1, 2024, provided that (a) for each of the six full calendar quarters immediately following July 1, 2015, SK hynix will pay the Company a quarterly cash payment of $16.0 million , and (b) in addition, after December 1, 2017, SK hynix will have the option to make six quarterly cash payments of $8.0 million upon six months written notice. In addition, SK hynix has the option to renew the agreement for an additional three-year extension under the existing rate structure.

The agreements with SK hynix are considered a multiple element arrangement for accounting purposes. For a multiple element arrangement under the applicable accounting rules, the Company is required to identify specific elements of the arrangement and then determine when those elements should be recognized. The Company identified three elements in the arrangement: antitrust litigation settlement, settlement of past infringement, and license agreement. The Company considered several factors in determining the accounting fair value of the elements of the SK hynix agreements which included a third party valuation using an income approach (collectively the “SK hynix Fair Value”). The inputs and assumptions used in this accounting valuation were from a market participant perspective and included projected customer revenue, royalty rates, estimated discount rates, useful lives and income tax rates, among others. The development of a number of these inputs and assumptions in the model requires a significant amount of management judgment and discretion, and is based upon a number of factors, including the selection of industry comparables, market growth rates and other relevant factors. Changes in any number of these assumptions may have a substantial impact on the SK hynix Fair Value as assigned to each element. These inputs and assumptions represent management’s best estimates at the time of the transaction. The following estimates do not reflect any agreement (expressed or implied) reached between the parties on the values attributed to any aspect of this transaction. The estimated SK hynix Fair Value is determined as follows:
(in millions)
Estimated SK hynix Fair Value
Antitrust litigation settlement
$
4.0

Settlement of past infringement
280.0

License agreement
250.0

Total SK hynix Fair Value
$
534.0


The total original consideration of $240.0 million (as per the terms of the agreements with SK hynix) takes into account the court ruling in May 2013 that $250.0 million should be applied as a credit against the court’s March 2009 award to Rambus in the SK hynix litigation. Using the accounting guidance from multiple element revenue arrangements, the Company allocated the consideration to each element using the estimated SK hynix Fair Value of the elements which include antitrust litigation settlement, settlement of past infringement, and license agreement as shown in the table above. The following allocations do not reflect any agreement (expressed or implied) reached between the parties on the values attributed to any aspect of this transaction, but instead, reflect only what is required as disclosure under the applicable accounting rules. Based on the estimated SK hynix Fair Value, the total consideration of $240.0 million was allocated to the following elements:
(in millions)
Allocated Consideration
Antitrust litigation settlement
$
1.9

Settlement of past infringement
125.8

License agreement
112.3

Total original consideration
$
240.0


The consideration of $528.0 million (including the impact of the June 2015 amendment to the agreement and assuming no adjustments to the payments under the terms of the agreements) will be recognized in the Company’s financial statements until 2024 as follows:

·
$526.1 million as "royalty revenue" which represents the allocated consideration related to the settlement of past infringement ( $125.8 million ) from the resolution of the infringement litigation and the patent license agreement ( $400.3 million ); and
·
$1.9 million as "gain from settlement" which represents the allocated consideration related to the resolution of the antitrust litigation.


91

Table of Contents
RAMBUS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company received cash consideration of $56.0 million and $48.0 million , respectively, from SK hynix. The amounts were allocated between royalty revenue ( $55.3 million in 2015 and $47.3 million in 2014) and gain from settlement ( $0.7 million in 2015 and $0.7 million in 2014) based on the elements’ SK hynix Fair Value.


The cash receipts and remaining future cash receipts from the agreements with SK hynix are expected to be recognized as follows assuming no adjustments to the payments under the terms of the agreements:
 
Received
 in
 
Estimated to Be Received in
 
Total Estimated
Cash Receipts
 
2013
 
2014
 
2015
 
2016
 
2017
 
2018
 
2019
 
2020 and thereafter
 
(in millions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Royalty revenue
$
23.6

 
$
47.3

 
55.3

 
63.9

 
$
48.0

 
$
40.0

 
$
32.0

 
$
216.0

 
$
526.1

Gain from settlement
0.4

 
0.7

 
0.7

 
0.1

 

 

 

 

 
1.9

Total
$
24.0

 
$
48.0

 
$
56.0

 
$
64.0

 
$
48.0

 
$
40.0

 
$
32.0

 
$
216.0

 
$
528.0


Micron
On December 9, 2013, Rambus, Micron and certain related entities of Micron entered into a settlement agreement, pursuant to which the parties have agreed that they will release all claims against each other with respect to all outstanding litigation between them and certain other potential claims. Pursuant to the settlement agreement, Rambus and Micron entered into a semiconductor patent license agreement on December 9, 2013. Under the license agreement, Rambus has granted to Micron and its subsidiaries and certain affiliated entities (i) a paid-up perpetual patent license for certain identified Micron DRAM products and (ii) a seven -year term patent license to other memory and semiconductor products.

The agreements with Micron are considered a multiple element arrangement for accounting purposes. For a multiple element arrangement under the applicable accounting rules, the Company is required to identify specific elements of the arrangement and then determine when those elements should be recognized. The Company identified three elements in the arrangement: antitrust litigation settlement, settlement of past infringement, and license agreement. The Company considered several factors in determining the accounting fair value of the elements of the Micron agreements which included a third party valuation using an income approach (collectively the “Micron Fair Value”). The inputs and assumptions used in this accounting valuation were from a market participant perspective and included projected customer revenue, royalty rates, estimated discount rates, useful lives and income tax rates, among others. The development of a number of these inputs and assumptions in the model requires a significant amount of management judgment and discretion, and is based upon a number of factors, including the selection of industry comparables, market growth rates and other relevant factors. Changes in any number of these assumptions may have a substantial impact on the Micron Fair Value as assigned to each element. These inputs and assumptions represent management’s best estimates at the time of the transaction. The following estimates do not reflect any agreement (expressed or implied) reached between the parties on the values attributed to any aspect of this transaction. The estimated Micron Fair Value is determined as follows:
(in millions)
Estimated Micron Fair Value
Antitrust litigation settlement
$
8.0

Settlement of past infringement
235.0

License agreement
440.0

Total Micron Fair Value
$
683.0


The total consideration of $280.0 million (as per the terms of the agreements with Micron) takes into account the court ruling in January 2013 that Rambus' patents-in-suit are unenforceable against Micron in the Micron litigation, but which was pending appeal at the time of settlement. Using the accounting guidance from multiple element revenue arrangements, the Company allocated the consideration to each element using the estimated Micron Fair Value of the elements which include antitrust litigation settlement, settlement of past infringement, and license agreement as shown in the table above. The following allocations do not reflect any agreement (expressed or implied) reached between the parties on the values attributed to any aspect of this transaction, but instead, reflect only what is required as disclosure under the applicable accounting rules. Based on the

92

Table of Contents
RAMBUS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

estimated Micron Fair Value, the total consideration of $280.0 million was allocated to the following elements:
(in millions)
Allocated Consideration
Antitrust litigation settlement
$
3.3

Settlement of past infringement
96.3

License agreement
180.4

Total consideration
$
280.0


The consideration of $280.0 million (assuming no adjustments to the payments under the terms of the agreements) will be recognized in the Company’s financial statements until 2020 as follows:

·
$276.7 million as "royalty revenue" which represents the allocated consideration related to the settlement of past infringement ( $96.3 million ) from the resolution of the infringement litigation and the patent license agreement ( $180.4 million ); and
·
$3.3 million as "gain from settlement" which represents the allocated consideration related to the resolution of the antitrust litigation.

During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 , the Company received cash consideration of $40.0 million and $40.0 million , respectively, from Micron. The amounts were allocated between royalty revenue ( $38.7 million in 2015 and $38.7 million in 2014) and gain from settlement ( $1.3 million in 2015 and $1.3 million in 2014) based on the elements’ Micron Fair Value.

The remaining $194.5 million is expected to be paid in successive quarterly payments of $10.0 million , concluding in the fourth quarter of 2020.

The cash receipts and remaining future cash receipts from the agreements with Micron are expected to be recognized as follows assuming no adjustments to the payments under the terms of the agreements:
 
Received
 in
 
Estimated to Be Received in
 
Total Estimated
Cash Receipts
 
2013
 
2014
 
2015
 
2016
 
2017
 
2018
 
2019
 
2020
 
(in millions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Royalty revenue
$
5.3

 
$
38.7

 
$
38.7

 
$
39.5

 
$
40.0

 
$
40.0

 
$
40.0

 
$
34.5

 
$
276.7

Gain from settlement
0.2

 
1.3

 
1.3

 
0.5

 

 

 

 

 
3.3

Total
$
5.5

 
$
40.0

 
$
40.0

 
$
40.0

 
$
40.0

 
$
40.0

 
$
40.0

 
$
34.5

 
$
280.0


 
19. Subsequent Event
On January 25, 2016, the Company acquired Smart Card Software Ltd., a privately held company who is a leader in mobile payments and a leading supplier of smart ticketing systems, which includes Bell Identification Ltd. and Ecebs Ltd., through the purchase of all outstanding shares of Smart Card Software Ltd., for approximately $93 million in cash. Given the timing of the acquisition, the Company is currently evaluating the purchase price allocation for this transaction. As a result, the Company is unable to provide the amount recognized as of the acquisition date for the major classes of assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

93

Table of Contents

Supplementary Financial Data
RAMBUS INC.
CONSOLIDATED SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL DATA
Quarterly Statements of Operations
(Unaudited)
 
Dec. 31, 2015
 
Sept. 30, 2015
 
June 30, 2015
 
March 31, 2015
 
Dec. 31, 2014
 
Sept. 30, 2014
 
June 30, 2014
 
March 31, 2014
 
(In thousands, except for per share amounts)
Total revenue
$
76,773

 
$
73,779

 
$
72,812

 
$
72,914

 
$
72,040

 
$
69,712

 
$
76,518

 
$
78,288

Total operating costs and expenses (1)
$
56,439

 
$
56,139

 
$
57,258

 
$
55,022

 
$
54,455

 
$
55,244

 
$
56,414

 
$
55,099

Operating income
$
20,334

 
$
17,640

 
$
15,554

 
$
17,892

 
$
17,585

 
$
14,468

 
$
20,104

 
$
23,189

Net income (2)
$
12,992

 
$
182,033

 
$
6,861

 
$
9,502

 
$
7,841

 
$
5,513

 
$
5,043

 
$
7,804

Net income per share — basic
$
0.12

 
$
1.56

 
$
0.06

 
$
0.08

 
$
0.07

 
$
0.05

 
0.04

 
$
0.07

Net income per share — diluted
$
0.11

 
$
1.52

 
$
0.06

 
$
0.08

 
$
0.07

 
$
0.05

 
0.04

 
$
0.07

Shares used in per share calculations — basic (3)
111,476

 
116,444

 
116,027

 
115,336

 
115,024

 
114,523

 
114,116

 
113,590

Shares used in per share calculations — diluted (3)
113,388

 
119,542

 
120,939

 
117,442

 
117,620

 
118,206

 
117,398

 
116,629

______________________________________
(1)
The quarterly financial information includes the following amount related to restructuring charges as follows: $3.6 million in the quarter ended December 31, 2015. Refer to Note 15, "Restructuring Charges" of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Form 10-K.
(2)
The quarterly financial information includes the following amount related to benefit from income taxes related to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance reversal as follows: $174.5 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2015. Refer to Note 16, "Income Taxes" of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Form 10-K.
(3)
The quarterly financial information includes the impact of the accelerated share repurchase program as follows: 7.8 million shares repurchased in the quarter ended December 31, 2015. Refer to Note 13, "Stockholders' Equity" of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Form 10-K.




94



SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
RAMBUS INC.
 
 
By:
/s/ SATISH RISHI
 
Satish Rishi
 
Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer
Date: February 19, 2016

POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Ronald Black and Satish Rishi as his true and lawful agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to (i) act on, sign, and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, together with all schedules and exhibits thereto, (ii) act on, sign, and file such certificates, instruments, agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, and (iii) take any and all actions that may be necessary or appropriate to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby approving, ratifying and confirming all that such agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact or any of his substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

95

Table of Contents

Signature
Title
Date
 
 
 
/s/ RONALD BLACK
Chief Executive Officer, President and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
February 19, 2016
Ronald Black
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ SATISH RISHI
Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
February 19, 2016
Satish Rishi
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ ERIC STANG
Chairman of the Board of Directors
February 19, 2016
Eric Stang
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ J. THOMAS BENTLEY
Director
February 19, 2016
J. Thomas Bentley
 
 
 
 
 
/s / ELLIS THOMAS FISHER
Director
February 19, 2016
Ellis Thomas Fisher
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ PENELOPE HERSCHER
Director
February 19, 2016
Penelope Herscher
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ CHARLES KISSNER
Director
February 19, 2016
Charles Kissner
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ DAVID SHRIGLEY
Director
February 19, 2016
David Shrigley
 
 
 
 
 


96

Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS
Exhibit Number
 
Description of Document
3.1(1)
 
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant filed May 29, 1997.
3.2(2)
 
Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant filed June 14, 2000.
3.3(3)
 
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant dated April 25, 2013.
4.1(4)
 
Form of Registrant’s Common Stock Certificate.
4.2(5)
 
Indenture between Rambus Inc. and U.S. Bank, National Association, dated as of August 16, 2013 (including the form of 1.125% Convertible Senior Note due 2018 therein).
10.1(6)
 
Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into by Registrant with each of its directors and executive officers.
10.2(7)*
 
Form of Change of Control Severance Agreement, Agreement entered into by Registrant with each of its named executive officers other than its chief executive officer.
10.3(8)*
 
1997 Stock Plan (as amended and restated as of April 4, 2007) and related forms of agreements.
10.4(9)*
 
2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended.
10.5(9)*
 
Forms of agreements under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended.
10.6(9)*
 
2006 Employee Stock Purchase Plan as amended.
10.7(10)*
 
2015 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.8(11)*
 
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (2015 Equity Incentive Plan).
10.9(11)*
 
Form of Stock Option Agreement (2015 Equity Incentive Plan).
10.10(10)*
 
2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.11(12)
 
Triple Net Space Lease, dated as of December 15, 2009, by and between Registrant and MT SPE, LLC.
10.12(13)**
 
Settlement Agreement, dated January 19, 2010, among Registrant, Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd, Samsung Electronics America, Inc., Samsung Semiconductor, Inc. and Samsung Austin Semiconductor, L.P.
10.13(13)**
 
Semiconductor Patent License Agreement, dated January 19, 2010, between Registrant and Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
10.14(13)**
 
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated January 19, 2010, between Registrant and Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
10.15(14)

 
First Amendment of Lease, dated November 4, 2011, by and between Registrant and MT SPE, LLC.
10.16(15)

 
Employment Agreement between the Company and Ronald Black, dated as of June 22, 2012.
10.17(16)**

 
Settlement Agreement, dated June 11, 2013, among Registrant, SK hynix and certain SK hynix affiliates.
10.18(17)**

 
Semiconductor Patent License Agreement, dated June 11, 2013, between Registrant and SK hynix.
10.19(18)**

 
Settlement Agreement, dated December 9, 2013, between Rambus Inc., Micron Technology, Inc., and certain Micron affiliates.
10.20(18)**

 
Semiconductor Patent License Agreement, dated December 9, 2013, between Rambus, Inc. and Micron Technology, Inc.
10.21(18)**

 
Amendment to Semiconductor Patent License Agreement, dated December 30, 2013, by and between Rambus Inc. and Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
10.22(19)**

 
Amendment 1 to Semiconductor Patent License Agreement, dated June 17, 2015, by and between Rambus Inc. and SK hynix Inc.
10.23

 
Master Agreement, dated October 26, 2015, by and between Rambus Inc. and Citibank, N.A.
10.24

 
Separation Agreement, dated December 21, 2015, by and between Rambus Inc. and Kevin Donnelly.
12.1(20)
 
Computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges.

97

Table of Contents

21.1
 
Subsidiaries of Registrant.
23.1
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
24
 
Power of Attorney (included in signature page).
31.1
 
Certification of Principal Executive Officer, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2
 
Certification of Principal Financial Officer, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1
 
Certification of Principal Executive Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.2
 
Certification of Principal Financial Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101.INS±
 
XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH±
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL±
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.LAB±
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE±
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
101.DEF±
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
______________________________________

98

Table of Contents

*
 
Management contracts or compensation plans or arrangements in which directors or executive officers are eligible to participate.
**
 
Confidential treatment has been granted with respect to certain portions of this exhibit. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
±
 
XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language) information is furnished and not filed or a part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, is deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections.
 
 
 
(1)
 
Incorporated by reference to the Form 10-K filed on December 15, 1997.
 
 
 
(2)
 
Incorporated by reference to the Form 10-Q filed on May 4, 2001.
 
 
 
(3)
 
Incorporated by reference to the Form 8-K filed on April 30, 2013.
 
 
 
(4)
 
Incorporated by reference to the Form S-1/A (file no. 333-22885) filed on April 24, 1997.
 
 
 
(5)
 
Incorporated by reference to the Form 8-K filed on August 16, 2013.
 
 
 
(6)
 
Incorporated by reference to the Form S-1 (file no. 333-22885) filed on March 6, 1997.
 
 
 
(7)
 
Incorporated by reference to the Form 8-K filed on March 9, 2015.
 
 
 
(8)
 
Incorporated by reference to the Form 10-K filed on September 14, 2007.
 
 
 
(9)
 
Incorporated by reference to the Form 8-K filed on April 30, 2014.
 
 
 
(10)
 
Incorporated by reference to the Form 8-K filed on April 28, 2015.
 
 
 
(11)
 
Incorporated by reference to the Form 10-Q filed on July 23, 2015.
 
 
 
(12)
 
Incorporated by reference to the Form 10-K filed on February 25, 2010.
 
 
 
(13)
 
Incorporated by reference to the Form 10-Q filed on May 3, 2010.
 
 
 
(14)
 
Incorporated by reference to the Form 10-K filed on February 24, 2012.
 
 
 
(15)
 
Incorporated by reference to the Form 8-K filed on June 25, 2012.
 
 
 
(16)
 
Incorporated by reference to the Form 10-Q/A filed on January 13, 2014.
 
 
 
(17)
 
Incorporated by reference to the Form 10-Q filed on July 29, 2013.
 
 
 
(18)
 
Incorporated by reference to the Form 10-K filed on February 21, 2014.
 
 
 
(19)
 
Incorporated by reference to the Form 10-Q filed on July 23, 2015.
 
 
 
(20)
 
Incorporated by reference to the Form S-3 filed on June 22, 2009.
 
 
 


99


Exhibit 10.23

Citibank, N.A.
390 Greenwich Street
New York, NY 10013
October 26, 2015
To:
Rambus, Inc.
1050 Enterprise Way, Suite 700
Sunnyvale, California 94089
Attention: Treasurer
Telephone No.:    (408) 462-8000
Facsimile No.:    (408) 462-8001

Re:     Master Confirmation-Uncollared Accelerated Share Repurchase
This master confirmation (this “ Master Confirmation ”), dated as of October 26, 2015, is intended to set forth certain terms and provisions of certain Transactions (each, a “ Transaction ”) entered into from time to time between Citibank, N.A. (“ Dealer ”) and Rambus, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Counterparty ”). This Master Confirmation, taken alone, is neither a commitment by either party to enter into any Transaction nor evidence of a Transaction. The additional terms of any particular Transaction shall be set forth in a Supplemental Confirmation in the form of Schedule A hereto (a “ Supplemental Confirmation ”), which shall reference this Master Confirmation and supplement, form a part of, and be subject to this Master Confirmation. This Master Confirmation and each Supplemental Confirmation together shall constitute a “Confirmation” as referred to in the Agreement specified below.
The definitions and provisions contained in the 2002 ISDA Equity Derivatives Definitions (the “ Equity Definitions ”), as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., are incorporated into this Master Confirmation. This Master Confirmation and each Supplemental Confirmation evidence a complete binding agreement between Counterparty and Dealer as to the subject matter and terms of each Transaction to which this Master Confirmation and such Supplemental Confirmation relate and shall supersede all prior or contemporaneous written or oral communications with respect thereto.
This Master Confirmation and each Supplemental Confirmation supplement, form a part of, and are subject to an agreement in the form of the 2002 ISDA Master Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) as if Dealer and Counterparty had executed the Agreement on the date of this Master Confirmation, without any Schedule, but with the elections set forth in this Master Confirmation, including:
(i)    The election of New York law as the governing law (without reference to its choice of law provisions).
(ii)     The election that subparagraph (ii) of Section 2(c) will not apply to the Transactions.
(iii)    [Reserved]
(iv)     The election that the “Cross Default” provisions of Section 5(a)(vi) of the Agreement shall apply to Dealer, with a “Threshold Amount” of 3% of shareholders’ equity for Dealer ( provided that (a) the phrase “, or becoming capable at such time of being declared,” shall be deleted from clause (1) of such Section 5(a)(vi) of the Agreement, (b) “Specified Indebtedness” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14 of the Agreement, except that such term shall not include obligations in respect of deposits received in the ordinary course of Dealer’s banking business and (c) the following sentence shall be added to the end thereof: “Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Event of Default shall not occur under either (1) or (2) above if (a) the event or condition referred to in (1) or the failure to pay referred to in (2) is caused by an error or omission of an administrative or operational nature, (b) funds were available to Dealer to enable it to make the relevant payment when due, and (c) such payment is made within three Local Business Days after notice of such failure is given by Counterparty.”).
(v)    “Affiliate” will have the meaning specified in Section 14 of the Agreement, except that for purposes of Section 3(c) of the Agreement as set forth in clause (iii) above, “Affiliate” means, with respect to any person, any entity controlled, directly or indirectly by such person. For this purpose, “control” means ownership of a majority of the voting power of the entity or person.
(vi)    For purposes of Section 3(f) of the Agreement, Dealer makes the following representation:





It is a U.S. person, and it is a national banking association organized under the laws of the United States.
(vii)    For purposes of Section 3(f) of the Agreement, Counterparty makes the following representation:
It is a U.S. person, and it is a corporation organized under the State of Delaware.
(viii)    Each party agrees to deliver a complete and accurate United States Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 to the other party upon execution of this Agreement.
The Transactions shall be the sole Transactions under the Agreement. If there exists any ISDA Master Agreement between Dealer and Counterparty or any confirmation or other agreement between Dealer and Counterparty pursuant to which an ISDA Master Agreement is deemed to exist between Dealer and Counterparty, then notwithstanding anything to the contrary in such ISDA Master Agreement, such confirmation or agreement or any other agreement to which Dealer and Counterparty are parties, the Transactions shall not be considered Transactions under, or otherwise governed by, such existing or deemed ISDA Master Agreement, and the occurrence of any Event of Default or Termination Event under the Agreement with respect to either party or any Transaction shall not, by itself, give rise to any right or obligation under any such other agreement or deemed agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any other agreement between the parties or their Affiliates, the Transactions shall not be “Specified Transactions” (or similarly treated) under any other agreement between the parties or their Affiliates.
All provisions contained or incorporated by reference in the Agreement shall govern this Master Confirmation and each Supplemental Confirmation except as expressly modified herein or in the related Supplemental Confirmation.
If, in relation to any Transaction to which this Master Confirmation and a Supplemental Confirmation relate, there is any inconsistency between the Agreement, this Master Confirmation, such Supplemental Confirmation and the Equity Definitions, the following will prevail for purposes of such Transaction in the order of precedence indicated: (i) such Supplemental Confirmation; (ii) this Master Confirmation; (iii) the Equity Definitions; and (iv) the Agreement.
1.
Each Transaction constitutes a Share Forward Transaction for the purposes of the Equity Definitions. Set forth below are the terms and conditions that, together with the terms and conditions set forth in the Supplemental Confirmation relating to any Transaction, shall govern such Transaction.
General Terms .
Trade Date:
For each Transaction, as set forth in the related Supplemental Confirmation.
Buyer:
Counterparty
Seller:
Dealer
Shares:
The common stock of Counterparty, par value USD 0.001 per share (Exchange symbol “RMBS”) (“ Common Stock ”).
Exchange:
The NASDAQ Global Select Market
Related Exchange(s):
All Exchanges; provided that Section 1.26 of the Equity Definitions shall be amended to add the words “United States” before the word “exchange” in the tenth line of that Section.
Prepayment/Variable Obligation:
Applicable
Prepayment Amount:
For each Transaction, as set forth in the related Supplemental Confirmation.
Prepayment Date:
For each Transaction, as set forth in the related Supplemental Confirmation.
Valuation .
VWAP Price:
For any Exchange Business Day, the volume-weighted average price at which the Shares trade as reported in the composite transactions for United States exchanges and quotation systems, during the regular trading session for the Exchange on such Exchange Business Day,





excluding (i) trades that do not settle regular way, (ii) opening (regular way) reported trades in the consolidated system on such Exchange Business Day, (iii) trades that occur in the last ten minutes before the scheduled close of trading on the Exchange on such Exchange Business Day and ten minutes before the scheduled close of the primary trading in the market where the trade is effected, and (iv) trades on such Exchange Business Day that do not satisfy the requirements of Rule 10b-18(b)(3) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), as published by Bloomberg at 4:15 p.m. New York time (or 15 minutes following the end of any extension of the regular trading session) on such Exchange Business Day, on Bloomberg page “RMBS <Equity> AQR_SEC” (or any successor thereto), or if such price is not so reported on such Exchange Business Day for any reason or is, in the Calculation Agent’s good faith and commercially reasonable determination, erroneous, such VWAP Price shall be as determined in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner by the Calculation Agent (all such trades other than any trades described in clauses (i) to (iv) above, “ Rule 10b-18 Eligible Transactions ”); provided that the first trade in the Shares during the regular trading session on the Exchange (even if such trade is reported on such Bloomberg Page) shall be excluded from the VWAP Price for such Exchange Business Date.
Forward Price:
For each Transaction, the arithmetic average of the VWAP Prices for all of the Exchange Business Days in the Calculation Period for such Transaction, subject to “Valuation Disruption” below.
Forward Price Adjustment Amount:
For each Transaction, as set forth in the related Supplemental Confirmation.
Calculation Period:
For each Transaction, the period from, and including, the Calculation Period Start Date for such Transaction to, and including, the Termination Date for such Transaction.
Calculation Period Start Date:
For each Transaction, as set forth in the related Supplemental Confirmation.
Termination Date:
For each Transaction, the Scheduled Termination Date for such Transaction; provided that in no event shall the Scheduled Termination Date be postponed to a date later than the Final Termination Date; provided further that Dealer shall have the right to designate any Exchange Business Day on or after the First Acceleration Date to be the Termination Date for the entire Transaction (the “ Accelerated Termination Date ”) by delivering notice to Counterparty of any such designation prior to 6:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the second Exchange Business Day immediately following the designated Accelerated Termination Date; provided further that if Dealer expects that the Number of Shares to be Delivered will be a negative number as a result of any Acceleration prior to the Scheduled Termination Date, then Dealer shall use its reasonable efforts to provide, to the extent feasible, the Counterparty notice of any such Acceleration prior to any such proposed Acceleration.
Scheduled Termination Date:
For each Transaction, as set forth in the related Supplemental Confirmation, subject to postponement as provided in “Valuation Disruption” below; provided that in no event shall the Scheduled Termination Date be postponed to a date later than the Final Termination Date.





Final Termination Date:
For each Transaction, as set forth in the related Supplemental Confirmation.
First Acceleration Date:
For each Transaction, as set forth in the related Supplemental Confirmation.
Valuation Disruption:
The definition of “Market Disruption Event” in Section 6.3(a) of the Equity Definitions is hereby amended by deleting the words “at any time during the one-hour period that ends at the relevant Valuation Time, Latest Exercise Time, Knock-in Valuation Time or Knock-out Valuation Time, as the case may be” and inserting the words “at any time on any Scheduled Trading Day during the Calculation Period or Settlement Valuation Period” after the word “material,” in the third line thereof.
Section 6.3(d) of the Equity Definitions is hereby amended by deleting the remainder of the provision following the term “Scheduled Closing Time” in the fourth line thereof.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Equity Definitions, if a Disrupted Day occurs (i) in the Calculation Period, the Calculation Agent may, in its good faith and commercially reasonable judgment, postpone the Scheduled Termination Date by one Scheduled Trading Day for each Disrupted Day ( provided that in no event shall the Scheduled Termination Date be postponed to a date later than the Final Termination Date), or (ii) in the Settlement Valuation Period, the Calculation Agent may extend the Settlement Valuation Period. The Calculation Agent may also determine that (i) such Disrupted Day is a Disrupted Day in full, in which case the VWAP Price for such Disrupted Day shall not be included for purposes of determining the Forward Price or the Settlement Price, as the case may be, or (ii) such Disrupted Day is a Disrupted Day only in part, in which case the VWAP Price for such Disrupted Day shall be determined by the Calculation Agent based on Rule 10b-18 Eligible Transactions in the Shares on such Disrupted Day taking into account the nature and duration of the relevant Market Disruption Event, and the weighting of the VWAP Price for the relevant Exchange Business Days during the Calculation Period or the Settlement Valuation Period, as the case may be, shall be adjusted in a commercially reasonable manner by the Calculation Agent for purposes of determining the Forward Price or the Settlement Price, as the case may be, with such adjustments based on, among other factors, the duration of any Market Disruption Event and the volume, historical trading patterns and price of the Shares. Any Disrupted Day resulting from a Regulatory Disruption shall be deemed to be a Disrupted Day in full. Any Exchange Business Day on which, as of the date hereof, the Exchange is scheduled to close prior to its normal close of trading shall be deemed not to be an Exchange Business Day; if a closure of the Exchange prior to its normal close of trading on any Exchange Business Day is scheduled following the date hereof, then such Exchange Business Day shall be deemed to be a Disrupted Day in full.
If a Disrupted Day occurs during the Calculation Period for any Transaction or the Settlement Valuation Period for any Transaction, as the case may be, and each of the nine immediately following Scheduled Trading Days is a Disrupted Day (a “ Disruption Event ”), then the Calculation Agent, in its good faith and commercially reasonable discretion, may deem such Disruption Event (and each consecutive Disrupted Day thereafter) to be either (x) a Potential Adjustment Event in respect of such Transaction or (y) an Additional Termination Event





in respect of such Transaction, with Counterparty as the sole Affected Party and such Transaction as the sole Affected Transaction.
Settlement Terms .
Settlement Procedures:
For each Transaction:
(i)
if the Number of Shares to be Delivered for such Transaction is positive, Physical Settlement shall be applicable to such Transaction; provided that the “Representation and Agreement” contained in Section 9.11 of the Equity Definitions shall be modified by excluding any representations therein relating to restrictions obligations, limitations or requirements under applicable securities laws arising as a result of the fact that Buyer is the Issuer of the Shares; or
(ii)
if the Number of Shares to be Delivered for such Transaction is negative, then Counterparty Settlement Provisions in Annex A hereto shall apply to such Transaction.
Number of Shares to be Delivered:
For each Transaction, a number of Shares (rounded down to the nearest whole number) equal to (a)(i) the Prepayment Amount for such Transaction, divided by (ii)(A) the Forward Price for such Transaction minus (B) the Forward Price Adjustment Amount for such Transaction, minus (b) the number of Initial Shares for such Transaction; provided that if the result of the calculation in clause (a)(ii) is equal to or less than the Floor Price for such Transaction, then the Number of Shares to be Delivered for such Transaction shall be determined as if clause (a)(ii) were replaced with “(ii) the Floor Price for such Transaction”. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Forward Price Adjustment Amount for any Transaction is a negative number, clause (a)(ii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be equal to (A) the Forward Price for such transaction, plus (B) the absolute value of the Forward Price Adjustment Amount.
Floor Price:
For each Transaction, as set forth in the related Supplemental Confirmation.
Excess Dividend Amount:
For the avoidance of doubt, all references to the Excess Dividend Amount shall be deleted from Section 9.2(a)(iii) of the Equity Definitions.
Settlement Date:
For each Transaction, if the Number of Shares to be Delivered for such Transaction is positive, the date that is one Settlement Cycle immediately following the Termination Date for such Transaction (which as of the date hereof shall be no more than three Clearance System Business Days following the Termination Date for such Transaction).
Settlement Currency:
USD
Initial Share Delivery:
For each Transaction, Dealer shall deliver a number of Shares equal to the Initial Shares for such Transaction to Counterparty on the Initial Share Delivery Date for such Transaction in accordance with Section 9.4 of the Equity Definitions, with such Initial Share Delivery Date deemed to be a “Settlement Date” for purposes of such Section 9.4.
Initial Share Delivery Date:
For each Transaction, as set forth in the related Supplemental Confirmation.





Initial Shares:
For each Transaction, as set forth in the related Supplemental Confirmation.
Share Adjustments .
Potential Adjustment Event:
In addition to the events described in Section 11.2(e) of the Equity Definitions, it shall constitute an additional Potential Adjustment Event if (x) the Scheduled Termination Date for any Transaction is postponed pursuant to “Valuation Disruption” above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, pursuant to Section 7 hereof) (a “ Valuation Disruption Postponement ”), (y) a Regulatory Disruption as described in Section 7 occurs or (z) a Disruption Event occurs; provided that the parties agree that any repurchase of Shares pursuant to this Transaction shall not be considered a Potential Adjustment Event. In the case of any event described in clause (x), (y) or (z) above occurs, the Calculation Agent may, in its commercially reasonable judgment, adjust any relevant terms of such Transaction as necessary to preserve as nearly as practicable the fair value of such Transaction prior to such Valuation Disruption Postponement, Regulatory Disruption or Disruption Event, as the case may be.
Excess Dividend:
For any calendar quarter, any cash dividend or cash distribution on the Shares with an ex-dividend date occurring during such calendar quarter (other than any dividend or distribution of the type described in Section 11.2(e)(i) or Section 11.2(e)(ii)(A) of the Equity Definitions or any Extraordinary Dividend or any dividend of any rights pursuant to the adoption by the Counterparty of a stockholder rights plan during the term of the Transaction) (a “ Dividend ”) the amount or value of which per Share (as determined by the Calculation Agent in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner), when aggregated with the amount or value (as determined by the Calculation Agent) of any and all previous cash Dividends with ex-dividend dates occurring in the same calendar quarter, exceeds the Ordinary Dividend Amount. “ Extraordinary Dividend ” means the per Share cash dividend or distribution, or a portion thereof, declared by Counterparty on the Shares that is classified by the board of directors of Counterparty as a “special” or an “extraordinary” dividend and any declaration thereof by the Counterparty shall be subject to Section 23 of this Confirmation.
Consequences of Excess Dividend:
The declaration by the Issuer of any Excess Dividend, the ex-dividend date for which occurs or is scheduled to occur during the Relevant Dividend Period for any Transaction, shall, at Dealer’s election in its sole judgment, either (x) constitute an Additional Termination Event in respect of such Transaction, with Counterparty as the sole Affected Party and such Transaction as the sole Affected Transaction or (y) result in an adjustment, by the Calculation Agent, to the Floor Price as the Calculation Agent determines in a good faith and commercially reasonable manner appropriate to account for the economic effect on such Transaction of such Excess Dividend; provided, that Dealer’s election to treat such Excess Dividend as either an Additional Termination Event or an adjustment to the Floor Price (but not both) must be made within 30 days after the first public announcement of such Excess Dividend.
Ordinary Dividend Amount:
For each Transaction, as set forth in the related Supplemental Confirmation.
Method of Adjustment:
Calculation Agent Adjustment





Early Ordinary Dividend Payment:
For each Transaction, if an ex-dividend date for any Dividend that is not (w) an Excess Dividend, (x) a dividend or distribution of the type described in Section 11.2(e)(i) or Section 11.2(e)(ii)(A) of the Equity Definitions, (y) any dividend of any rights pursuant to the adoption by the Counterparty of a stockholder rights plan during the term of the Transaction and (z) an Extraordinary Dividend, occurs during any calendar quarter occurring (in whole or in part) during the Relevant Dividend Period for such Transaction and is prior to the Scheduled Ex-Dividend Date for such Transaction for the relevant calendar quarter (as determined by the Calculation Agent), the Calculation Agent shall make such adjustment to the exercise, settlement, payment or any other terms of the relevant Transaction as the Calculation Agent determines in a good faith and commercially reasonable manner appropriate to account for the economic effect on such Transaction of such event.
Scheduled Ex-Dividend Dates:
For each Transaction, as set forth in the related Supplemental Confirmation for each calendar quarter.
Relevant Dividend Period:
For each Transaction, the period from, and including, the Trade Date for such Transaction to, and including, the Relevant Dividend Period End Date for such Transaction.
Relevant Dividend Period End Date:
For each Transaction, if the Number of Shares to be Delivered for such Transaction is negative, the last day of the Settlement Valuation Period; otherwise, the Termination Date for such Transaction.
Extraordinary Events .
Consequences of Merger Events:
(a) Share-for-Share:
Cancellation and Payment
(b) Share-for-Other:
Cancellation and Payment
(c) Share-for-Combined:
Cancellation and Payment
Tender Offer:
Applicable; provided that (a) Section 12.1(d) of the Equity Definitions shall be amended by replacing “10%” in the third line thereof with “20%,” (b) Section 12.1(l) of the Equity Definitions shall be amended (i) by deleting the parenthetical in the fifth line thereof, (ii) by replacing “that” in the fifth line thereof with “whether or not such announcement” and (iii) by adding immediately after the words “Tender Offer” in the fifth line thereof “, and any publicly announced change or amendment to such an announcement (including, without limitation, the announcement of an abandonment of such intention)” and (c) Section 12.3(d) of the Equity Definitions shall each be amended by replacing each occurrence of the words “Tender Offer Date” by “Announcement Date.” If the Calculation Agent makes any adjustment to the terms of this Transaction upon any particular Announcement Event of a Tender Offer, then the Calculation Agent shall make a further adjustment to the terms of the same Transaction upon any announcement regarding the abandonment of any such event that gave rise to the original Announcement Event.
Consequences of Tender Offers:
(a) Share-for-Share:
Modified Calculation Agent Adjustment
(b) Share-for-Other:
Modified Calculation Agent Adjustment
(c) Share-for-Combined:
Modified Calculation Agent Adjustment





Any adjustment to the terms of any Transaction hereunder and the determination of any amounts due upon termination of any Transaction hereunder as a result of a Merger Event or Tender Offer shall be made without duplication in respect of any prior adjustment hereunder (including, without limitation, any prior adjustment pursuant to Sections 10 and 11 below).
Nationalization, Insolvency or Delisting:
Cancellation and Payment; provided that in addition to the provisions of Section 12.6(a)(iii) of the Equity Definitions, it shall also constitute a Delisting if the Exchange is located in the United States and the Shares are not immediately re-listed, re-traded or re-quoted on any of the New York Stock Exchange, The NASDAQ Global Select Market or The NASDAQ Global Market (or their respective successors); if the Shares are immediately re-listed, re-traded or re-quoted on any such exchange or quotation system, such exchange or quotation system shall be deemed to be the Exchange.
Additional Disruption Events:
(a) Change in Law:
Applicable; provided that (a) Section 12.9(a)(ii) of the Equity Definitions is hereby amended by (i) replacing the phrase “the interpretation” in the third line thereof with the phrase “, or public announcement of, the formal or informal interpretation”, (ii) by replacing the word “Shares” where it appears in clause (X) thereof with the words “Hedge Positions” and (iii) by immediately following the word “Transaction” in clause (X) thereof, adding the phrase “in the manner contemplated by the Hedging Party on the Trade Date”; and (b) Section 12.9(a)(ii) of the Equity Definitions is hereby amended by replacing the parenthetical beginning after the word “regulation” in the second line thereof the words “(including, for the avoidance of doubt and without limitation, (x) any tax law or (y) adoption or promulgation of new regulations authorized or mandated by existing statute)”. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Equity Definitions, a Change in Law described in clause (Y) of Section 12.9(a)(ii) of the Equity Definitions shall not constitute a Change in Law and instead shall constitute an Increased Cost of Hedging as described in Section 12.9(a)(vi) of the Equity Definitions.
(b) Failure to Deliver:
Applicable
(c) Insolvency Filing:
Applicable
(d) Loss of Stock Borrow:
Applicable
Maximum Stock Loan Rate:
For each Transaction, as set forth in the related Supplemental Confirmation.
Hedging Party:
Dealer
Determining Party:
Dealer
(e) Hedging Disruption:
Applicable
Hedging Party:
Dealer
Determining Party:
Dealer
(f) Increased Cost of Hedging:
Not Applicable
Hedging Party:
Dealer
Determining Party:
Dealer





(g) Increased Cost of Stock Borrow:
Applicable
Initial Stock Loan Rate:
For each Transaction, as set forth in the related Supplemental Confirmation.
Hedging Party:
Dealer
Determining Party:
Dealer
Hedging Adjustments:
For the avoidance of doubt, whenever the Calculation Agent is called upon to make an adjustment pursuant to the terms of this Confirmation or the Equity Definitions to take into account the effect of an event, the Calculation Agent shall make such adjustment by reference to the effect of such event on Dealer, assuming that Dealer maintains a commercially reasonable Hedge Position.

Non-Reliance/Agreements and
Acknowledgements Regarding
Hedging Activities/Additional
Acknowledgements:
Applicable
2.
Calculation Agent .     Dealer; provided that, following the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant to Section 5(a)(vii) of the Agreement with respect to which Dealer is the sole Defaulting Party, Counterparty shall have the right to designate a nationally recognized third-party dealer in over-the-counter corporate equity derivatives to act as the Calculation Agent with respect to the Transactions under this Master Confirmation. Following any determination or calculation by the Calculation Agent hereunder, upon a written request by Counterparty, the Calculation Agent will promptly (but in any event no later than five (5) Exchange Business Days following receipt of such written request by Dealer) provide to Counterparty by e-mail to the e-mail address provided by Counterparty in such written request a report (in a commonly used file format for the storage and manipulation of financial data) displaying in reasonable detail the basis for such determination or calculation, as the case may be, it being understood that the Calculation Agent shall not be obligated to disclose any proprietary or confidential models or any other confidential or proprietary information, in each case, used by it for such determination or calculation. Whenever the Calculation Agent is required to act or to exercise judgment in any way with respect to any Transaction hereunder, it will do so in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner.

3.
Account Details .

(a)
Account for payments to Counterparty: [***]

Dealer shall deliver the Shares to the Depository Trust Company’s DWAC system for acceptance by Computershare, as transfer agent for Counterparty, and such shares shall be credited to Company's treasury share account. Contact information for Counterparty's representative at Computershare is: [***]

(b)
Account for payments to Dealer: [***]

Account for delivery of Shares to Dealer: [***]
4.
Offices .

(a)
The Office of Counterparty for each Transaction is: Inapplicable, Counterparty is not a Multibranch Party.

(b)
The Office of Dealer for each Transaction is: 390 Greenwich Street, New York, NY 10013.

5.
Notices .

(a)
Address for notices or communications to Counterparty:
Rambus, Inc.
1050 Enterprise Way, Suite 700





Sunnyvale, California 94089
Attention:     Treasurer
Telephone No.:    (408) 462-8000
Facsimile No.:    (408) 462-8001
Email Address:    gbarrett@rambus.com

(b)
Address for notices or communications to Dealer:
Citibank, N.A.
390 Greenwich Street, 3rd Floor
New York, NY 10013
Attention:     Equity Derivatives
Telephone No:     (212) 723-5757
Facsimile No:     (347) 853-7278
Email Address:    dustin.c.sheppard@citi.com; eq.us.corporates.middle.office@citi.com ; peter.barna@citi.com ; carmenchristina.kelleher@citi.com ; herman.hirsch@citi.com

6.
Representations, Warranties and Agreements .

(a)
Additional Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Each Party . In addition to the representations, warranties and covenants in the Agreement, each party represents, warrants and covenants to the other party that:

(i)
It is an “eligible contract participant” (as such term is defined in the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended).
(ii)
Each party acknowledges that the offer and sale of each Transaction to it is intended to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), by virtue of Section 4(a)(2) thereof. Accordingly, each party represents and warrants to the other that (A) it has the financial ability to bear the economic risk of its investment in each Transaction and is able to bear a total loss of its investment, (B) it is a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act or an “accredited investor” as that term is defined under Regulation D under the Securities Act and (C) the disposition of each Transaction is restricted under this Master Confirmation, the Securities Act and state securities laws.
(b)
Additional Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Counterparty . In addition to the representations, warranties and covenants in the Agreement, Counterparty represents, warrants and covenants to Dealer that:

(i)
As of the Trade Date for each Transaction hereunder, (A) such Transaction is being entered into pursuant to a publicly disclosed Share buy-back program and its Board of Directors has approved the use of agreements such as this Master Confirmation to effect the Share buy-back program, and (B) there is no internal policy of Counterparty, whether written or oral, that would prohibit Counterparty from entering into any aspect of such Transaction, including, without limitation, the purchases of Shares to be made pursuant to such Transaction.
(ii)
As of the Trade Date for each Transaction hereunder, the purchase or writing of such Transaction and the transactions contemplated hereby will not violate Rule 13e-1 or Rule 13e-4 under the Exchange Act.
(iii)
As of the Trade Date for each Transaction hereunder, it is not entering into such Transaction, and as of the date of any election with respect to any Transaction hereunder, it is not making such election, in each case (A) on the basis of, and is not aware of, any material non-public information regarding Counterparty or the Shares, (B) in anticipation of, in connection with, or to facilitate, a distribution of its securities, a self tender offer or a third-party tender offer in violation of the Exchange Act or (C) to create actual or apparent trading activity in the Shares (or any security convertible into or exchangeable for the Shares) or to manipulate the price of the Shares (or any security convertible into or exchangeable for the Shares).
(iv)
Counterparty (A) is capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with regard to all transactions and investment strategies involving a security or securities; (B) will exercise





independent judgment in evaluating the recommendations of any broker-dealer or its associated persons, unless it has otherwise notified the broker-dealer in writing; and (C) has total assets of at least USD 50,000,000 as of the date hereof.
(v)
As of the Trade Date for each Transaction hereunder, and as of the date of any election with respect to any Transaction hereunder, Counterparty is in compliance in all material respects with its reporting obligations under the Exchange Act.
(vi)
Counterparty has made, and will make, all filings required to be made by it with the Securities and Exchange Commission, any securities exchange or any other regulatory body with respect to each Transaction during the term of the Transaction.
(vii)
The Shares are not, and Counterparty will not cause the Shares to be, subject to a “restricted period” (as defined in Regulation M promulgated under the Exchange Act) (excluding for the purposes of this provision any issuances by the Counterparty of securities or undertaking of activities exempted from Regulation M by means of Rule 102(b), (c) or (d) of Regulation M (as defined below)) at any time during any Regulation M Period for any Transaction unless Counterparty has provided written notice to Dealer of such restricted period not later than the Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the first day of such “restricted period”; Counterparty acknowledges that any such notice may be treated as a Regulatory Disruption pursuant to Section 7 below; accordingly, Counterparty acknowledges that its delivery of such notice must comply with the standards set forth in Section 8 below. Counterparty is not currently contemplating any “distribution” (as defined in Regulation M promulgated under the Exchange Act) of Shares, or any security for which Shares are a “reference security” (as defined in Regulation M promulgated under the Exchange Act). “ Regulation M Period ” means, for any Transaction, (A) the Relevant Period (as defined below) for such Transaction, (B) the Settlement Valuation Period, if any, for such Transaction and (C) the Seller Termination Purchase Period (as defined below), if any, for such Transaction. “ Relevant Period ” means, for any Transaction, the period commencing on the Calculation Period Start Date for such Transaction and ending on the later of (1) the earlier of (x) the Scheduled Termination Date and (y) the last Additional Relevant Day (as specified in the related Supplemental Confirmation) for such Transaction, or such earlier day as elected by Dealer and communicated to Counterparty on such day (or, if later, the First Acceleration Date without regard to any acceleration thereof pursuant to “Special Provisions for Acquisition Transaction Announcements” below) and (2) if Section 15 is applicable to such Transaction, the date on which all deliveries owed pursuant to Section 15 have been made.
(viii)
As of the Trade Date, the Prepayment Date, the Initial Share Delivery Date, the Settlement Date, any Cash Settlement Payment Date and any Settlement Method Election Date for each Transaction, Counterparty is not “insolvent” (as such term is defined under Section 101(32) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Title 11 of the United States Code) (the “ Bankruptcy Code ”)) and Counterparty would be able to purchase a number of Shares with a value equal to the Prepayment Amount in compliance with the laws of the jurisdiction of Counterparty’s incorporation.
(ix)
Counterparty is not, and after giving effect to each Transaction will not be, required to register as an “investment company” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
(x)
Counterparty shall, at least one day prior to the first day of the Calculation Period, the Settlement Valuation Period, if any, or the Seller Termination Purchase Period, if any, for any Transaction, notify Dealer of the total number of Shares purchased in Rule 10b-18 purchases of blocks pursuant to the once-a-week block exception set forth in paragraph (b)(4) of Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act (“ Rule 10b-18 ”) by or for Counterparty or any of its “affiliated purchasers” (as defined in Rule 10b-18) during each of the four calendar weeks preceding such day and during the calendar week in which such day occurs (“Rule 10b-18 purchase” and “blocks” each being used as defined in Rule 10b-18), which notice shall be substantially in the form set forth in Schedule B hereto.
(xi)
As of the Trade Date for each Transaction hereunder, and as of the date of any election with respect to any Transaction hereunder, there has not been any Merger Announcement (as defined below).
(c)
In addition to the representations, warranties and covenants in this Agreement, Dealer represents, warrants and covenants to Counterparty that:






(i)
In addition to the covenants in the Agreement and herein, Dealer agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts, during the Calculation Period and any Settlement Valuation Period (as defined in Annex A) for any Transaction, to make all purchases of Shares in connection with such Transaction in a manner that would comply with the limitations set forth in clauses (b)(1), (b)(2), (b)(3) and (b)(4) and (c) of Rule 10b-18, as if such rule were applicable to such purchases and taking into account any applicable Securities and Exchange Commission no-action letters as appropriate, and subject to any delays between the execution and reporting of a trade of the Shares on the Exchange and other circumstances beyond Dealer’s control; provided that, during the Calculation Period, the foregoing agreement shall not apply to purchases made to dynamically hedge for Dealer’s own account or the account of its affiliate(s) the optionality arising under a Transaction (including, for the avoidance of doubt, timing optionality); provided further that, without limiting the generality of the first sentence of this Section 6(c)(i), Dealer shall not be responsible for any failure to comply with Rule 10b-18(b)(3) to the extent any transaction that was executed (or deemed to be executed) by or on behalf of Counterparty or an “affiliated purchaser” (as defined under Rule 10b-18) pursuant to a separate agreement is not deemed to be an “independent bid” or an “independent transaction” for purposes of Rule 10b-18(b)(3).
(ii)
In connection with each Transaction, Dealer represents and warrants to Counterparty that it has not, at any time before the filing of a Form 8-K reporting the entry into such Transaction on the Trade Date for such Transaction, discussed any offsetting transaction(s) in respect of such Transaction with any third party.
(iii)
Dealer hereby represents and covenants to Counterparty that it has implemented policies and procedures, taking into consideration the nature of its business, reasonably designed to ensure that individuals making investment decisions related to any Transaction do not have access to material nonpublic information regarding Issuer or the Shares.
(iv)
Within one Exchange Business Day of purchasing any Shares on behalf of Counterparty pursuant to the once-a-week block exception set forth in paragraph (b)(4) of Rule 10b-18, Dealer shall notify Counterparty of the total number of Shares so purchased.
(v)
On the first Exchange Business Day of each week, Dealer shall provide weekly reports (the “ Weekly Reports ”) in connection with such Transaction to the Counterparty and to such other persons or agents of the Counterparty as the Counterparty shall reasonably designate in writing, by electronic mail to the Counterparty or its designee. Each weekly report shall include the ADTV in the Shares for each Scheduled Trading Day during the immediately preceding week (as defined and determined in accordance with Rule 10b-18, as defined herein), the VWAP Price for each such Scheduled Trading Day and the high and low price on each such Scheduled Trading Day. For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the two immediately preceding sentences, the VWAP Price for purposes of this Master Confirmation shall be determined pursuant the language opposite the caption “VWAP Price” in Section 1 of this Master Confirmation under the heading “Valuation” and not on the basis of, or by reference to, the VWAP Price set forth in any Weekly Report.
7.
Regulatory Disruption . In the event Dealer concludes, in its good faith, reasonable judgment, based on the advice of counsel, that it is appropriate with respect to any legal, regulatory or self-regulatory requirements or related policies and procedures similarly applicable to accelerated share repurchase transactions and consistently applied (whether or not such requirements, policies or procedures are imposed by law or have been voluntarily adopted by Dealer) ( provided that such requirements, policies and procedures relate to regulatory issues and are generally applicable in similar situations and are applied in a consistent manner in similar transactions) for it to refrain from or decrease any market activity on any Scheduled Trading Day or Days during the Calculation Period or, if applicable, the Settlement Valuation Period, Dealer may, in its commercially reasonable discretion, by written notice to Counterparty elect to deem that a Market Disruption Event has occurred and will be continuing on such Scheduled Trading Day or Days. Dealer shall notify Counterparty as soon as practicable (but in no event later than one Trading Day) that a Regulatory Disruption has occurred and the reasons for such Regulatory Disruption and the Scheduled Trading Days affected by it, provided that the Dealer shall not be obligated to disclose any proprietary or confidential models or any other confidential or proprietary information, in each case, used by it for such determination.

8.
10b5-1 Plan . Counterparty represents, warrants and covenants to Dealer that:





(a)
Counterparty is entering into this Master Confirmation and each Transaction hereunder in good faith and not as part of a plan or scheme to evade the prohibitions of Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act (“ Rule 10b5-1 ”) or any other antifraud or anti-manipulation provisions of the federal or applicable state securities laws and that it has not entered into or altered and will not enter into or alter any corresponding or hedging transaction or position with respect to the Shares. Counterparty acknowledges that it is the intent of the parties that each Transaction entered into under this Master Confirmation comply with the requirements of paragraphs (c)(1)(i)(A) and (B) of Rule 10b5-1 and each Transaction entered into under this Master Confirmation shall be interpreted to comply with the requirements of Rule 10b5-1(c).
(b)
During the Calculation Period and the Settlement Valuation Period, if any, for any Transaction and in connection with the delivery of any Alternative Delivery Units for any Transaction, Dealer (or its agent or Affiliate) may effect transactions in Shares in connection with such Transaction. The timing of such transactions by Dealer, the price paid or received per Share pursuant to such transactions and the manner in which such transactions are made, including, without limitation, whether such transactions are made on any securities exchange or privately, shall be within the sole judgment of Dealer. Counterparty acknowledges and agrees that all such transactions shall be made in Dealer’s sole judgment and for Dealer’s own account.
(c)
Counterparty does not have, and shall not attempt to exercise, any control or influence over how, when or whether Dealer (or its agent or Affiliate) makes any “purchases or sales” (within the meaning of Rule 10b5-1(c)(1)(i)(B)(3)) in connection with any Transaction, including, without limitation, over how, when or whether Dealer (or its agent or Affiliate) enters into any hedging transactions. Counterparty represents and warrants that it has consulted with its own advisors as to the legal aspects of its adoption and implementation of this Master Confirmation and each Supplemental Confirmation under Rule 10b5-1.
(d)
Counterparty acknowledges and agrees that any amendment, modification, waiver or termination of this Master Confirmation or any Supplemental Confirmation must be effected in accordance with the requirements for the amendment or termination of a “plan” as defined in Rule 10b5-1(c). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any such amendment, modification, waiver or termination shall be made in good faith and not as part of a plan or scheme to evade the prohibitions of Rule 10b-5, and no such amendment, modification or waiver shall be made at any time at which Counterparty or any officer, director, manager or similar person of Counterparty is aware of any material non-public information regarding Counterparty or the Shares.
(e)
Counterparty shall not, directly or indirectly, communicate any information relating to the Shares or any Transaction (including, without limitation, any notices required by Section 10(a)) to any employee of Dealer, other than as set forth in the Communications Procedures attached as Annex B hereto.

9.
Counterparty Purchases . Counterparty (or any “affiliate” or “affiliated purchaser” as defined in Rule 10b-18) shall not, without the prior written consent of Dealer, directly or indirectly (including, without limitation, by means of a derivative instrument) purchase, offer to purchase, place any bid or limit order that would effect a purchase of, or commence any tender offer relating to, any Shares (or equivalent interest, including, without limitation, a unit of beneficial interest in a trust or limited partnership or a depository share), listed contracts on the Shares or securities that are convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for Shares (including, without limitation, any Rule 10b-18 purchases of blocks (as defined in Rule 10b-18)) during any Relevant Period, any Settlement Valuation Period (if applicable) or any Seller Termination Purchase Period (if applicable), under this Master Confirmation.
Notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph or anything herein to the contrary (i) an agent independent of Counterparty may purchase Shares effected by or for an issuer plan Counterparty in accordance with the requirements of Section 10b-18(a)(13)(ii) under the Exchange Act (with “issuer plan” and “agent independent of Counterparty” each being used herein as defined in Rule 10b-18), and (ii) Counterparty or any “affiliated purchaser” may purchase Shares in (x) unsolicited transactions or (y) privately negotiated (off-market) transactions, in each case, that are not “Rule 10b-18 purchases” (as defined in Rule 10b-18), in each case, without Dealer’s consent.
Nothing in this Section 9 will (i) limit the Counterparty’s ability, pursuant to its employee incentive plans or dividend reinvestment program, to reacquire Shares in connection with the related equity transactions, (ii) limit Counterparty’s ability to withhold shares to cover tax liabilities associated with such equity transaction, or (iii) limit Counterparty’s ability to grant stock, restricted stock units and options to “affiliated partners” (as defined in Rule 10b-18) or the ability of such affiliated purchasers to acquire such stock or options, in connection with the Counterparty’s compensation policies for directors, officers or employees of any entities that are acquisition targets of Counterparty, and in connection with such purchase Counterparty will be deemed to represent to Dealer that such purchase does not constitute a “Rule 10b-18 Purchase” (as defined in Rule 10b-18) (any such incentive or compensatory plan, program or policy of Counterparty, a “ Compensatory Plan ”) (collectively, “ Permitted Purchases ”).
10.
Special Provisions for Merger Transactions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in the Equity Definitions:





(a)
Counterparty agrees that it:

(i)
will not during the period commencing on the Trade Date for any Transaction and ending on the last day of the Relevant Period or, if applicable, the later of the last day of the Settlement Valuation Period and the last day of the Seller Termination Purchase Period, for such Transaction make, or to the extent within Counterparty’s reasonable control, permit to be made, any public announcement (as defined in Rule 165(f) under the Securities Act) of any Merger Transaction or potential Merger Transaction (a “ Merger Announcement ”) unless such Merger Announcement is made prior to the opening or after the close of the regular trading session on the Exchange for the Shares; provided that, upon any Merger Announcement during such period, as applicable, that is made at any time other than prior to the opening or after the close of the regular trading session on the Exchange for the Shares, the provisions of Section 6(c)(i) hereof shall no longer apply to Dealer;
(ii)
shall promptly (but in any event prior to the next opening of the regular trading session on the Exchange) notify Dealer following any such Merger Announcement that such Merger Announcement has been made; and
(iii)
shall promptly (but in any event prior to the next opening of the regular trading session on the Exchange) provide Dealer with written notice specifying (i) Counterparty’s average daily Rule 10b-18 Purchases (as defined in Rule 10b-18) during the three full calendar months immediately preceding the announcement date of any Merger Transaction or potential Merger Transaction that were not effected through Dealer or its Affiliates and (ii) the number of Shares purchased pursuant to the proviso in Rule 10b-18(b)(4) under the Exchange Act for the three full calendar months preceding the announcement date of any Merger Transaction or potential Merger Transaction. Such written notice shall be deemed to be a certification by Counterparty to Dealer that such information is true and correct. In addition, Counterparty shall promptly notify Dealer of the earlier to occur of the completion of such transaction and the completion of the vote by target shareowners.
(b)
Counterparty acknowledges that any such Merger Announcement or delivery of a notice with respect thereto may cause the terms of any Transaction to be adjusted as a Regulatory Disruption or result in such Transaction being terminated; accordingly, Counterparty acknowledges that its delivery of such notice must comply with the standards set forth in Section 8 above.
(c)
Any such Merger Announcement or the receipt of a notice with respect thereto by the Dealer may be treated by the Dealer as a Regulatory Disruption and result in the terms of any Transaction being adjusted by the Dealer (solely to account for the economic effect of such Public Announcement on the Transaction as a result of such Regulatory Disruption) or result in such Transaction being treated as an Additional Termination Event by Dealer.

Merger Transaction ” means any merger, acquisition or similar transaction involving a recapitalization as contemplated by Rule 10b-18(a)(13)(iv) under the Exchange Act pursuant to which the Dealer determines, in its reasonable discretion, that Dealer would be limited in purchasing Shares during the term of the Transaction under Rule 10b-18 in the same manner that Rule 10b-18 would limit the Counterparty from purchasing Shares of its Common Stock under Rule 10b-18, other than, solely for purposes of this Section 10, any such transaction in which the consideration consists solely of cash and there is no valuation period.
Any adjustment to the terms of any Transaction hereunder and the determination of any amounts due upon termination of any Transaction hereunder as a result of a Merger Transaction shall be made without duplication in respect of any prior adjustment hereunder (including, without limitation, any prior adjustment pursuant to Section 11 below).
11.
Special Provisions for Acquisition Transaction Announcements . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in the Equity Definitions:

(a)
If an Acquisition Transaction Announcement occurs on or prior to the Settlement Date for any Transaction, then the Calculation Agent shall make such adjustment, in a commercially reasonable manner, to the Forward Price Adjustment Amount as the Calculation Agent determines appropriate, at such time as the Calculation Agent determines appropriate, to account for the economic effect on the Forward Price Adjustment Amount of such Acquisition Transaction Announcement in accordance with “Method of Adjustment” as set forth in Section 1 above, as amended pursuant to Section 22(a)-(c) of this Master Confirmation.






(b)
Acquisition Transaction Announcement ” means (i) the announcement of an Acquisition Transaction or an event that, if consummated, would result in an Acquisition Transaction, (ii) an announcement that Counterparty or any of its subsidiaries has entered into an agreement, a letter of intent or an understanding designed to result in an Acquisition Transaction, (iii) the announcement by the Counterparty or any of its subsidiaries of the intention to solicit or enter into, or to explore strategic alternatives or other similar undertaking that may include, an Acquisition Transaction, (iv) the announcement by a bona fide person of such person’s intention to pursue an Acquisition Transaction that in the good faith commercially reasonable judgment of the Calculation Agent may result in an Acquisition Transaction; provided that the Calculation Agent shall in good faith determine whether any such person is a bona fide person or (v) any announcement of any change or amendment to any previous Acquisition Transaction Announcement (including any announcement of the abandonment of any such previously announced Acquisition Transaction, agreement, letter of intent, understanding or intention).

(c)
Acquisition Transaction ” means (i) any Merger Event (for purposes of this definition the definition of Merger Event shall be read with the references therein to “100%” being replaced by “30%” and references to “50%” being replaced by “75%” and without reference to the clause beginning immediately following the definition of Reverse Merger therein to the end of such definition), Tender Offer or Merger Transaction or any other transaction involving the merger of Counterparty with or into any third party, (ii) the sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of Counterparty, (iii) a recapitalization, reclassification, binding share exchange or other similar transaction with respect to Counterparty, (iv) any lease, exchange, transfer, disposition (including, without limitation, by way of spin-off or distribution) of assets (including, without limitation, any capital stock or other ownership interests in subsidiaries) or other similar event by Counterparty or any of its subsidiaries where the aggregate consideration transferable or receivable by or to Counterparty or its subsidiaries exceeds 25% of the market capitalization of Counterparty (measured as of the relevant date of announcement) or (v) any transaction in which Counterparty or its board of directors has a legal obligation to make a recommendation to its shareowners in respect of such transaction (whether pursuant to Rule 14e-2 under the Exchange Act or otherwise).

Any adjustment to the terms of any Transaction hereunder as a result of an Acquisition Transaction Announcement shall be made without duplication in respect of any prior adjustment hereunder (including, without limitation, any prior adjustment pursuant to Section 10 above).
12.
Acknowledgments .

(a)
The parties hereto intend for:
(i)
each Transaction to be a “securities contract” as defined in Section 741(7) of the Bankruptcy Code and a “forward contract” as defined in Section 101(25) of the Bankruptcy Code, and the parties hereto to be entitled to the protections afforded by, among other Sections, Sections 362(b)(6), 362(b)(27), 362(o), 546(e), 546(j), 555, 556, 560 and 561 of the Bankruptcy Code;
(ii)
the Agreement to be a “master netting agreement” as defined in Section 101(38A) of the Bankruptcy Code;
(iii)
a party’s right to liquidate, terminate or accelerate any Transaction, net out or offset termination values or payment amounts, and to exercise any other remedies upon the occurrence of any Event of Default or Termination Event under the Agreement with respect to the other party or any Extraordinary Event that results in the termination or cancellation of any Transaction to constitute a “contractual right” (as defined in the Bankruptcy Code); and
(iv)
all payments for, under or in connection with each Transaction, all payments for the Shares (including, for the avoidance of doubt, payment of the Prepayment Amount) and the transfer of such Shares to constitute “settlement payments” and “transfers” (as defined in the Bankruptcy Code).
(b)
Counterparty acknowledges that:

(i)
during the term of any Transaction, Dealer and its Affiliates may buy or sell Shares or other securities or buy or sell options or futures contracts or enter into swaps or other derivative securities in order to establish, adjust or unwind its hedge position with respect to such Transaction;





(ii)
Dealer and its Affiliates may also be active in the market for the Shares and Share-linked transactions other than in connection with hedging activities in relation to any Transaction;
(iii)
Dealer shall make its own determination as to whether, when or in what manner any hedging or market activities in Counterparty’s securities shall be conducted and shall do so in a manner that it deems appropriate to hedge its price and market risk with respect to the Forward Price and the VWAP Price;
(iv)
any market activities of Dealer and its Affiliates with respect to the Shares may affect the market price and volatility of the Shares, as well as the Forward Price and VWAP Price, each in a manner that may be adverse to Counterparty; and
(v)
each Transaction is a derivatives transaction in which it has granted Dealer an option; Dealer may purchase shares for its own account at an average price that may be greater than, or less than, the price paid by Counterparty under the terms of the related Transaction.
13.
No Collateral, Netting or Setoff . Notwithstanding any provision of the Agreement or any other agreement between the parties to the contrary, the obligations of Counterparty hereunder are not secured by any collateral. Obligations under any Transaction shall not be netted, recouped or set off (including pursuant to Section 6 of the Agreement) against any other obligations of the parties, whether arising under the Agreement, this Master Confirmation or any Supplemental Confirmation, or under any other agreement between the parties hereto, by operation of law or otherwise, and no other obligations of the parties shall be netted, recouped or set off (including pursuant to Section 6 of the Agreement) against obligations under any Transaction, whether arising under the Agreement, this Master Confirmation or any Supplemental Confirmation, or under any other agreement between the parties hereto, by operation of law or otherwise, and each party hereby waives any such right of setoff, netting or recoupment.

14.
Delivery of Shares . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Dealer may, by prior notice to Counterparty, satisfy its obligation to deliver any Shares or other securities on any date due (an “ Original Delivery Date ”) by making separate deliveries of Shares or such securities, as the case may be, at more than one time on or prior to such Original Delivery Date, so long as the aggregate number of Shares and other securities so delivered on or prior to such Original Delivery Date is equal to the number required to be delivered on such Original Delivery Date.

15.
Alternative Termination Settlement . In the event that (a) an Early Termination Date (whether as a result of an Event of Default or a Termination Event) occurs or is designated with respect to any Transaction or (b) any Transaction is cancelled or terminated upon the occurrence of an Extraordinary Event (except as a result of (i) a Nationalization, Insolvency or Merger Event in which the consideration to be paid to holders of Shares consists solely of cash, (ii) a Merger Event or Tender Offer that is within Counterparty’s control, or (iii) an Event of Default in which Counterparty is the Defaulting Party or a Termination Event in which Counterparty is the Affected Party other than an Event of Default arising solely from a failure to comply with Section 6(b)(vi) of this Master Confirmation, an Event of Default of the type described in Section 5(a)(iii), (v), (vi), (vii) or (viii) of the Agreement or a Termination Event of the type described in Section 5(b) of the Agreement, in each case that resulted from an event or events outside Counterparty’s control), if either party would owe any amount to the other party pursuant to Section 6(d)(ii) of the Agreement or any Cancellation Amount pursuant to Article 12 of the Equity Definitions (any such amount, a “ Payment Amount ”), then, in lieu of any payment of such Payment Amount, unless Counterparty makes an election to the contrary no later than the Early Termination Date or the date on which such Transaction is terminated or cancelled, Counterparty or Dealer, as the case may be, shall deliver to the other party a number of Shares (or, in the case of a Nationalization, Insolvency or Merger Event, a number of units, each comprising the number or amount of the securities or property that a hypothetical holder of one Share would receive in such Nationalization, Insolvency or Merger Event, as the case may be (each such unit, an “ Alternative Delivery Unit ”) with a value equal to the Payment Amount, as determined by the Calculation Agent in good faith and in a commercially reasonably manner over a commercially reasonable period of time (and the parties agree that, in making such determination of value, the Calculation Agent may take into account a number of factors, including, without limitation, the market price of the Shares or Alternative Delivery Units on the Early Termination Date or the date of early cancellation or termination, as the case may be, and, if such delivery is made by Dealer, the prices at which Dealer purchases Shares or Alternative Delivery Units on any Exchange Business Day to fulfill its delivery obligations under this Section 15); provided that in determining the composition of any Alternative Delivery Unit, if the relevant Nationalization, Insolvency or Merger Event involves a choice of consideration to be received by holders, such holder shall be deemed to have elected to receive the maximum possible amount of cash; and provided further that Counterparty may elect that the provisions of this Section 15 above providing for the delivery of Shares or Alternative Delivery Units, as the case may be, shall not apply only if Counterparty represents and warrants to Dealer, in writing on the date it notifies Dealer of such election, that, as of such date, Counterparty is not aware of any material non-public information regarding Counterparty or the Shares and is





making such election in good faith and not as part of a plan or scheme to evade compliance with the federal securities laws. If delivery of Shares or Alternative Delivery Units, as the case may be, pursuant to this Section 15 is to be made by Counterparty, paragraphs 2 through 7 of Annex A hereto shall apply as if (A) such delivery were a settlement of such Transaction to which Net Share Settlement applied, (B) the Cash Settlement Payment Date were the Early Termination Date or the date of early cancellation or termination, as the case may be, and (C) the Forward Cash Settlement Amount were equal to (x) zero minus (y) the Payment Amount owed by Counterparty. For the avoidance of doubt, if Counterparty validly elects for the provisions of this Section 15 relating to the delivery of Shares or Alternative Delivery Units, as the case may be, not to apply to any Payment Amount, the provisions of Article 12 of the Equity Definitions, or the provisions of Section 6(d)(ii) of the Agreement, as the case may be, shall apply. If delivery of Shares or Alternative Delivery Units, as the case may be, is to be made by Dealer pursuant to this Section 15, the period during which Dealer purchases Shares or Alternative Delivery Units to fulfill its delivery obligations under this Section 15 shall be referred to as the “ Seller Termination Purchase Period ”.

16.
Calculations and Payment Date upon Early Termination . The parties acknowledge and agree that in calculating (a) the Close-Out Amount pursuant to Section 6 of the Agreement and (b) the amount due upon cancellation or termination of any Transaction (whether in whole or in part) pursuant to Article 12 of the Equity Definitions as a result of an Extraordinary Event, Dealer may (but need not) determine such amount based on (i) expected losses assuming a commercially reasonable (including, without limitation, with regard to reasonable legal and regulatory guidelines customary for transactions of this type) risk bid were used to determine loss or (ii) the price at which one or more market participants would offer to sell to the Seller a block of shares of Common Stock equal in number to the Seller’s hedge position in relation to the Transaction. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 6(d)(ii) of the Agreement or Article 12 of the Equity Definitions, all amounts calculated as being due in respect of an Early Termination Date under Section 6(e) of the Agreement or upon cancellation or termination of the relevant Transaction under Article 12 of the Equity Definitions will be payable on the day that notice of the amount payable is effective; provided that if Counterparty elects to receive or deliver Shares or Alternative Delivery Units in accordance with Section 15, such Shares or Alternative Delivery Units shall be delivered on a date selected by Dealer as promptly as practicable.

17.
Limit on Beneficial Ownership . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Master Confirmation, Counterparty acknowledges and agrees that, on any day, Dealer shall not be obligated to receive from Counterparty any Shares, and Counterparty shall not be entitled to deliver to Dealer any Shares, to the extent (but only to the extent) that after such transactions Dealer’s ultimate parent entity would directly or indirectly “beneficially own” (as such term is defined for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) at any time on such day in excess of 8% of the outstanding Shares. Any purported receipt of Shares shall be void and have no effect to the extent (but only to the extent) that after such receipt, Dealer’s ultimate parent entity would directly or indirectly so beneficially own in excess of 8% of the outstanding Shares. If, on any day, any receipt of Shares by Dealer is not effected, in whole or in part, as a result of this Section 17, Counterparty’s obligations to deliver such Shares shall not be extinguished and any such delivery shall be effected over time by Counterparty as promptly as Dealer determines, such that after any such delivery, Dealer’s ultimate parent entity would not directly or indirectly beneficially own in excess of 8% of the outstanding Shares.

18.
Maximum Share Delivery . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Master Confirmation, in no event shall Dealer be required to deliver any Shares, or any Shares or other securities comprising Alternative Delivery Units, in respect of any Transaction in excess of the Maximum Number of Shares set forth in the Supplemental Confirmation for such Transaction.

19.
Additional Termination Events .

(a)
The occurrence of an event described in paragraph III of Annex B hereto will constitute an Additional Termination Event, with Counterparty as the sole Affected Party and the Transactions specified in such paragraph III as the Affected Transactions.
(b)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 6 of the Agreement, if a Termination Price is specified in the Supplemental Confirmation for any Transaction, then an Additional Termination Event (with respect to which Counterparty shall be the sole Affected Party and such Transaction shall be the sole Affected Transaction) will occur without any notice or action by Dealer or Counterparty if, on two consecutive Exchange Business Days, the price of the Shares on the Exchange at any time falls below such Termination Price.

20.
Non-confidentiality . Dealer and Counterparty hereby acknowledge and agree that, subject to Section 8(e), each is authorized to disclose the tax structure and tax treatment of the transactions contemplated by this Master Confirmation and any Supplemental Confirmation hereunder to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, and there are no express or implied agreements, arrangements or understandings to the contrary.






21.
Assignment and Transfer . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement, without the consent of Counterparty, Dealer may assign any of its rights or duties hereunder to any one or more of its Affiliates (1) that has a long-term issuer rating that is equal to or better than Dealer’s credit rating at the time of such assignment, or (2) whose obligations hereunder will be guaranteed, pursuant to the terms of a customary guarantee in a form used generally for similar transactions, by Dealer or Dealer’s ultimate parent; provided that, at the time of such assignment (i) Counterparty will not be required to pay (including a payment in kind) to the transferee any amount in respect of an Indemnifiable Tax under Section 2(d)(i)(4) of the Agreement (except in respect of interest under Section 2(e), 6(d)(ii) or 6(e) of the Agreement) greater than the amount in respect of which Counterparty would have been required to pay to Dealer in the absence of such transfer; and (ii) Counterparty will not receive any payment (including a payment in kind) from which an amount had been withheld or deducted, on account of a Tax under Section 2(d)(i) of the Agreement (except in respect of interest under Section 2(e), 6(d)(ii) or 6(e) of the Agreement), in excess of that which Dealer would have been required to so withhold or deduct in the absence of such transfer, except to the extent that the transferee will be required to make additional payments pursuant to Section 2(d)(i)(4) of the Agreement in respect of such excess. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Master Confirmation to the contrary requiring or allowing Dealer to purchase, sell, receive or deliver any Shares or other securities to or from Counterparty, Dealer may designate any of its Affiliates to purchase, sell, receive or deliver such Shares or other securities and otherwise to perform Dealer’s obligations in respect of any Transaction and any such designee may assume such obligations. Dealer may assign the right to receive Settlement Shares to any third party who may legally receive Settlement Shares. Dealer shall be discharged of its obligations to Counterparty only to the extent of any such performance. For the avoidance of doubt, Dealer hereby acknowledges that notwithstanding any such designation hereunder, to the extent any of Dealer’s obligations in respect of any Transaction are not completed by its designee, Dealer shall be obligated to continue to perform or to cause any other of its designees to perform in respect of such obligations.

22.
Amendments to the Equity Definitions .

(a)
Section 11.2(a) of the Equity Definitions is hereby amended by deleting the words “a diluting or concentrative” and replacing them with the words “a material economic”; and adding the phrase “or such Transaction” at the end of the sentence.

(b)
Section 11.2(c) of the Equity Definitions is hereby amended by (i) replacing the words “a diluting or concentrative” with “a material economic” in the fifth line thereof, (ii) adding the phrase “or such Transaction” after the words “the relevant Shares” in the same sentence, (iii) replacing the words “dilutive or concentrative” in the sixth to last line thereof with “material economic”, and (iv) with respect to any Potential Adjustment Event under Sections 11.2(e)(ii)(B), (C) and (D), 11.2(e)(v), 11.2(e)(vi), or 11.2(e)(vii) only, deleting the phrase “(provided that no adjustments will be made to account solely for changes in volatility, expected dividends, stock loan rate or liquidity relative to the relevant Shares)” and replacing it with the phrase “(and, for the avoidance of doubt, adjustments may be made to account solely for changes in volatility, expected dividends, stock loan rate or liquidity relative to the relevant Shares).”
(c)
Section 11.2(e) of the Equity Definitions is hereby amended by deleting clause (iii) thereof in its entirety. Section 11.2(e)(v) of the Equity Definitions is amended by adding the words “at a premium to the current market price thereof (other than in connection with Permitted Purchases)” after the word “Shares” in such Section. Section 11.2(e)(vii) of the Equity Definitions is hereby amended by deleting the words “a diluting or concentrative” and replacing them with the word “a material”; and adding the phrase “or the relevant Transaction” at the end of the sentence.

(d)
Section 12.6(a)(ii) of the Equity Definitions is hereby amended by (i) deleting from the fourth line thereof the word “or” after the word “official” and inserting a comma therefor, and (ii) deleting the semi-colon at the end of subsection (B) thereof and inserting the following words therefor “or (C) at Dealer’s option, the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 5(a)(vii) (1) through (9) of the ISDA Master Agreement with respect to that Issuer.”

(e)
Section 12.9(b)(iv) of the Equity Definitions is hereby amended by:

(i)
deleting (1) subsection (A) in its entirety, (2) the phrase “or (B)” following subsection (A) and (3) the phrase “in each case” in subsection (B); and
(ii)
replacing the phrase “neither the Non-Hedging Party nor the Lending Party lends Shares” with the phrase “such Lending Party does not lend Shares” in the penultimate sentence.





(f)
Section 12.9(b)(v) of the Equity Definitions is hereby amended by adding the phrase “; provided that the Non-Hedging Party may so elect to terminate the Transaction only if the Non-Hedging Party represents and warrants to the Hedging Party in writing on the date it notifies the Hedging Party of such election that, as of such date, the Non-Hedging Party is not aware of any material non-public information regarding Counterparty or the Shares and is making such election in good faith and not as part of a plan or scheme to evade compliance with the federal securities laws” immediately prior to the period at the end of subsection (C).

(g)
Section 12.9(b)(v) of the Equity Definitions is hereby amended by deleting clause (X) in the final sentence.

23.
Extraordinary Dividend . If Counterparty declares any Extraordinary Dividend that has an ex-dividend date during the period commencing on the Trade Date for any Transaction and ending of the last day of the Relevant Period or, if applicable, the later of the last day of the Settlement Valuation Period and the last day of the Seller Termination Purchase Period, for such Transaction, then prior to or on the date on which such Extraordinary Dividend is paid by Counterparty to holders of record, Counterparty shall pay to Dealer, for each Transaction under this Master Confirmation, an amount in cash equal to the product of (i) the amount of such Extraordinary Dividend and (ii) the theoretical short delta number of shares as of the opening of business on the related ex-dividend date, as determined by the Calculation Agent, required for Dealer to hedge its exposure to such Transaction.

24.
Status of Claims in Bankruptcy . Dealer acknowledges and agrees that neither this Master Confirmation nor any Supplemental Confirmation is intended to convey to Dealer rights against Counterparty with respect to any Transaction that are senior to the claims of common stockholders of Counterparty in any United States bankruptcy proceedings of Counterparty; provided that nothing herein shall limit or shall be deemed to limit Dealer’s right to pursue remedies in the event of a breach by Counterparty of its obligations and agreements with respect to any Transaction; provided further that nothing herein shall limit or shall be deemed to limit Dealer’s rights in respect of any transactions other than any Transaction.

25.
Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act . In connection with Section 739 of the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010 (“ WSTAA ”), the parties hereby agree that neither the enactment of WSTAA or any regulation under the WSTAA, nor any requirement under WSTAA or an amendment made by WSTAA, nor any similar legal certainty provision in any legislation enacted, or rule or regulation promulgated, on or after the date of this Master Confirmation, shall limit or otherwise impair either party’s otherwise applicable rights to terminate, renegotiate, modify, amend or supplement any Supplemental Confirmation, this Master Confirmation or the Agreement, as applicable, arising from a termination event, force majeure, illegality, increased costs, regulatory change or similar event under any Supplemental Confirmation, this Master Confirmation, the Equity Definitions incorporated herein, or the Agreement (including, without limitation, rights arising from Change in Law, Loss of Stock Borrow, Increased Cost of Stock Borrow, Hedging Disruption, Increased Cost of Hedging, or Illegality).

26.
Delivery of Cash . For the avoidance of doubt, other than (x) payment of the Prepayment Amount by Buyer and (y) any payment required pursuant Section 23 of this Master Confirmation, nothing in this Master Confirmation shall be interpreted as requiring Buyer to cash settle any Transaction hereunder, except in circumstances where cash settlement is within Buyer’s control (including, without limitation, where Buyer elects to deliver or receive cash, where Buyer fails timely to elect to deliver Settlement Shares pursuant Annex A hereof in settlement of any Transaction hereunder or to deliver or receive Alternative Termination Delivery Units, or where Buyer has made settlement by delivery of Unregistered Settlement Shares in accordance with Annex A hereof unavailable due to the occurrence of events within its control) or in those circumstances in which holders of the Shares would also receive cash.

27.
Counterparts . This Master Confirmation may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Master Confirmation by signing and delivering one or more counterparts.

28.
Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THE AGREEMENT, THIS MASTER CONFIRMATION, EACH SUPPLEMENTAL CONFIRMATION, THE TRANSACTIONS HEREUNDER AND ALL MATTERS ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THE AGREEMENT, THIS MASTER CONFIRMATION AND ANY SUPPLEMENTAL CONFIRMATION AND THE TRANSACTIONS HEREUNDER. EACH PARTY (I) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF THE OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF SUCH A SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (II) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTY HAVE BEEN INDUCED





TO ENTER INTO THE TRANSACTIONS, AS APPLICABLE, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS PROVIDED HEREIN.

Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth the terms of our agreement by executing this Master Confirmation and returning it to us.
Very truly yours,
Citibank, N.A.
By: /s/ Herman Hirsch    
Authorized Signatory
Name:Herman Hirsch

Accepted and confirmed
as of the date first set
forth above:

RAMBUS, INC.
By: /s/ Satish Rishi    
Authorized Signatory
Name: Satish Rishi








SCHEDULE A
FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL CONFIRMATION
Citibank, N.A.
390 Greenwich Street
New York, NY 10013
October 26, 2015
To:
Rambus, Inc.
1050 Enterprise Way, Suite 700
Sunnyvale, California 94089
Attention: Treasurer
Telephone No.:    (408) 462-8000
Facsimile No.:    (408) 462-8001

Re:     Supplemental Confirmation-Uncollared Accelerated Share Repurchase
The purpose of this Supplemental Confirmation is to confirm the terms and conditions of the Transaction entered into between Citibank, N.A. (“ Dealer ”) and Rambus, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Counterparty ”) on the Trade Date specified below. This Supplemental Confirmation is a binding contract between Dealer and Counterparty as of the relevant Trade Date for the Transaction referenced below.
1.    This Supplemental Confirmation supplements, forms part of, and is subject to the Master Confirmation, dated as of October 26, 2015 (the “ Master Confirmation ”), between Dealer and Counterparty, as amended and supplemented from time to time. All provisions contained in the Master Confirmation govern this Supplemental Confirmation except as expressly modified below.
2.    The terms of the Transaction to which this Supplemental Confirmation relates are as follows:
Trade Date:                        October [_], 2015
Forward Price Adjustment Amount:                USD [___]
Calculation Period Start Date:
[___________]
Scheduled Termination Date:
[___________]
Final Termination Date:
[___________]
First Acceleration Date:
[___________]
Prepayment Amount:                    USD [___________]
Prepayment Date:                        October [_], 2015
Initial Shares:
[___] Shares; provided that if, in connection with the Transaction, Dealer is unable, after using commercially reasonable efforts, to borrow or otherwise acquire a number of Shares equal to the Initial Shares for delivery to Counterparty on the Initial Share Delivery Date, the Initial Shares delivered on the Initial Share Delivery Date shall be reduced to such number of Shares that Dealer is able to so borrow or otherwise acquire; provided further that if the Initial Shares are reduced as provided in the preceding proviso, then Dealer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to borrow or otherwise acquire an additional number of Shares equal to the shortfall in the Initial Shares delivered on the Initial Share Delivery Date and shall deliver such additional Shares as promptly as practicable, and all Shares so delivered shall be considered Initial





Shares. All Shares delivered to Counterparty in respect of the Transaction pursuant to this paragraph shall be the “Initial Shares” for purposes of “Number of Shares to be Delivered” in the Master Confirmation.
Initial Share Delivery Date:                October [_], 2015
Ordinary Dividend Amount:
For any Dividend after the Termination Date, USD 0.00 per Share
Scheduled Ex-Dividend Dates:
Not applicable
Maximum Stock Loan Rate:
75 basis points per annum
Initial Stock Loan Rate:
25 basis points per annum
Maximum Number of Shares:                [___]

Floor Price:                        USD 1.00 per Share
Termination Price:                    USD [__]

Additional Relevant Days:
The five (5) Exchange Business Days immediately following the Calculation Period.
Reserved Shares:
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Master Confirmation, as of the date of this Supplemental Confirmation, the Reserved Shares shall be equal to [___] Shares.
3.    Counterparty represents and warrants to Dealer that neither it nor any “affiliated purchaser” (as defined in Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act) has made any purchases of blocks pursuant to the proviso in Rule 10b-18(b)(4) under the Exchange Act during either (i) the four full calendar weeks immediately preceding the Trade Date or (ii) during the calendar week in which the Trade Date occurs, except as set forth in any notice delivered pursuant to Section 6(b)(xi) of the Master Confirmation.
4.    This Supplemental Confirmation may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Supplemental Confirmation by signing and delivering one or more counterparts.
Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth the terms of our agreement by executing this Supplemental Confirmation and returning it to us.
Very truly yours,
Citibank, N.A.
By:             
Authorized Signatory
Name:Herman Hirsch

Accepted and confirmed
as of the Trade Date:

RAMBUS, INC.
By:             
Authorized Signatory
Name:








SCHEDULE B
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF RULE 10B-18 PURCHASES

[Letterhead of Counterparty]
Citibank, N.A.
390 Greenwich Street
New York, NY 10013
Re:     Uncollared Accelerated Share Repurchase

Ladies and Gentlemen:
In connection with our entry into the Master Confirmation, dated as of October 26, 2015, between Citibank, N.A. and Rambus, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as amended and supplemented from time to time (the “Master Confirmation”), we hereby represent that set forth below is the total number of shares of our common stock purchased by or for us or any of our affiliated purchasers in Rule 10b-18 purchases of blocks (all as defined in Rule 10b-18 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) pursuant to the once-a-week block exception set forth in Rule 10b-18(b)(4) during the four full calendar weeks immediately preceding the first day of the [Calculation Period][Settlement Valuation Period][Seller Termination Purchase Period] (as defined in the Master Confirmation) and the week during which the first day of such [Calculation Period][Settlement Valuation Period][Seller Termination Purchase Period] occurs.
Number of Shares: __________________
We understand that you will use this information in calculating trading volume for purposes of Rule 10b-18.
Very truly yours,

RAMBUS, INC.
By:             
Authorized Signatory
Name:









ANNEX A
COUNTERPARTY SETTLEMENT PROVISIONS
1.    The following Counterparty Settlement Provisions shall apply to any Transaction to the extent indicated under the Master Confirmation:
Settlement Currency:
USD
Settlement Method Election:
Applicable; provided that (i) Section 7.1 of the Equity Definitions is hereby amended by deleting the word “Physical” in the sixth line thereof and replacing it with the words “Net Share” and (ii) the Electing Party may make a settlement method election only if the Electing Party represents and warrants to Dealer in writing on the date it notifies Dealer of its election that, as of such date, the Electing Party is not aware of any material non-public information regarding Counterparty or the Shares and is electing the settlement method in good faith and not as part of a plan or scheme to evade compliance with the federal securities laws.
Electing Party:
Counterparty
Settlement Method Election Date:
The earlier of (x) the second Exchange Business Day immediately following the Accelerated Termination Date (in which case election under Section 7.1 of the Equity Definitions shall be made no later than 10 minutes prior to the open of trading on the Exchange on such second Exchange Business Day) and (y) the Scheduled Termination Date (such earlier date, the “ Scheduled Settlement Election Date ”), unless, on the Scheduled Settlement Election Date, Counterparty is aware of any material, non-public information regarding Counterparty or the Shares, in which case the Settlement Method Election Date shall be the earlier of (x) the 30th calendar day immediately following the Scheduled Settlement Election Date and (y) the first date immediately following the Scheduled Settlement Election Date on which Counterparty is not aware of any material, non-public information regarding Counterparty or the Shares.
Default Settlement Method:
Cash Settlement
Forward Cash Settlement Amount:
An amount equal to (a) the Number of Shares to be Delivered, multiplied by (b) the Settlement Price.
Settlement Price:
An amount equal to the average of the VWAP Prices for the Exchange Business Days in the Settlement Valuation Period, subject to Valuation Disruption as specified in the Master Confirmation (in each case, plus interest on such amount during the period of beginning on, and including, the first Exchange Business Day of the Settlement Valuation Period and ending on, but excluding, the Cash Settlement Payment Date at the rate of interest for Counterparty’s long term, unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness, as determined by the Calculation Agent).
Settlement Valuation Period:
A number of Scheduled Trading Days selected by Dealer in its reasonable judgment, beginning on the Scheduled Trading Day immediately following the Termination Date.  Dealer shall notify Counterparty of the last Scheduled Trading Day of the Settlement Valuation Period on or prior to the Exchange Business Day immediately following such last Scheduled Trading Day.
Cash Settlement:
If Cash Settlement is applicable, then Buyer shall pay to Seller the absolute value of the Forward Cash Settlement Amount on the Cash Settlement Payment Date.





Cash Settlement Payment Date:
The later of (x) the Exchange Business Day immediately following the last day of the Settlement Valuation Period and (y) the earlier of the Exchange Business Day immediately following the date of Counterparty’s Settlement Method Election and the Settlement Method Election Date.
Net Share Settlement Procedures:
If Net Share Settlement is applicable, Net Share Settlement shall be made in accordance with paragraphs 2 through 7 below.
2.    Net Share Settlement shall be made by delivery on the Cash Settlement Payment Date of a number of Shares satisfying the conditions set forth in paragraph 3 below (the “ Registered Settlement Shares ”), or a number of Shares not satisfying such conditions (the “ Unregistered Settlement Shares ”), in either case with a value equal to 100.50% (in the case of Registered Settlement Shares) or 102.50% (in the case of Unregistered Settlement Shares) of the absolute value of the Forward Cash Settlement Amount, with such Shares’ value based on the value thereof to Dealer (which value shall, in the case of Unregistered Settlement Shares, take into account a commercially reasonable illiquidity discount), in each case as determined by the Calculation Agent in good faith and a commercially reasonable manner. If all of the conditions for delivery of either Registered Settlement Shares or Unregistered Settlement Shares have not been satisfied, Cash Settlement shall be applicable in accordance with paragraph 1 above notwithstanding Counterparty’s election of Net Share Settlement.
3.    Counterparty may only deliver Registered Settlement Shares pursuant to paragraph 2 above if:
(a)    a registration statement covering public resale of the Registered Settlement Shares by Dealer (the “ Registration Statement ”) shall have been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act and been declared or otherwise become effective on or prior to the date of delivery, and no stop order shall be in effect with respect to the Registration Statement; a printed prospectus relating to the Registered Settlement Shares (including, without limitation, any prospectus supplement thereto, the “ Prospectus ”) shall have been delivered to Dealer, in such quantities as Dealer shall reasonably have requested, on or prior to the date of delivery;
(b)    the form and content of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (including, without limitation, any sections describing the plan of distribution) shall be reasonably satisfactory to Dealer;
(c)    as of or prior to the date of delivery, Dealer and its agents shall have been afforded a reasonable opportunity to conduct a due diligence investigation with respect to Counterparty customary in scope for underwritten offerings of equity securities for companies of a similar size in a similar industry ( provided that prior to receiving or being granted access to any such information, Dealer and any such agent may be required by Counterparty to enter into a customary nondisclosure agreement with Counterparty in respect of any such due diligence investigation) and the results of such investigation are satisfactory to Dealer, in its judgment; and
(d)    as of the date of delivery, an agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) shall have been entered into with Dealer in connection with the public resale of the Registered Settlement Shares by Dealer substantially similar to underwriting agreements customary for underwritten offerings of equity securities for companies of a similar size in a similar industry, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Dealer, which Underwriting Agreement shall include, without limitation, provisions substantially similar to those contained in such underwriting agreements relating, without limitation, to the mutual indemnification of, and contribution in connection with the liability of, the parties and the provision of customary opinions, accountants’ comfort letters and lawyers’ negative assurance letters.
4.    If Counterparty delivers Unregistered Settlement Shares pursuant to paragraph 2 above:
(a)    all Unregistered Settlement Shares shall be delivered to Dealer (or any Affiliate of Dealer designated by Dealer) pursuant to the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Section 4(a)(2) thereof;
(b)    as of or prior to the date of delivery, Dealer and any potential purchaser of any such shares from Dealer (or any Affiliate of Dealer designated by Dealer) identified by Dealer shall be afforded a commercially reasonable opportunity to conduct a due diligence investigation with respect to Counterparty customary in scope for private placements of equity securities of similar size by issuers similar to Counterparty (including, without limitation, the right to have made available to them for inspection all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and other information reasonably requested by them); provided that prior to receiving or being granted access to any such information, any such Dealer (or Affiliate) or potential purchaser may be required by Counterparty to enter into a customary nondisclosure agreement with Counterparty in respect of any such due diligence investigation;





(c)    as of the date of delivery, Counterparty shall enter into an agreement (a “ Private Placement Agreement ”) with Dealer (or any Affiliate of Dealer designated by Dealer) in connection with the private placement of such shares by Counterparty to Dealer (or any such Affiliate) and the private resale of such shares by Dealer (or any such Affiliate), substantially similar to private placement purchase agreements customary for private placements of equity securities for companies of a similar size in a similar industry, in form and substance commercially reasonably satisfactory to Dealer, which Private Placement Agreement shall include, without limitation, provisions substantially similar to those contained in such private placement purchase agreements relating, without limitation, to the mutual indemnification of, and contribution in connection with the liability of, the parties and the provision of customary opinions, accountants’ comfort letters and lawyers’ negative assurance letters, and shall provide for the payment by Counterparty of all reasonable fees and actual, documented out-of-pocket expenses of Dealer (and any such Affiliate) in connection with such resale, including, without limitation, all reasonable fees and actual, documented out-of-pocket expenses of counsel for Dealer, and shall contain representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of the parties reasonably necessary or advisable to establish and maintain the availability of an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act for such resales; and
(d)    in connection with the private placement of such shares by Counterparty to Dealer (or any such Affiliate) and the private resale of such shares by Dealer (or any such Affiliate), Counterparty shall, if so requested by Dealer, prepare, in cooperation with Dealer, a private placement memorandum in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Dealer for companies of a similar size and in a similar industry.
5.    Dealer, itself or through an Affiliate (the “ Selling Agent ”) or any underwriter(s), will sell all, or such lesser portion as may be required hereunder, of the Registered Settlement Shares or Unregistered Settlement Shares and any Makewhole Shares (as defined below) (together, the “ Settlement Shares ”) delivered by Counterparty to Dealer pursuant to paragraph 6 below commencing on the Cash Settlement Payment Date and continuing until the date on which the aggregate Net Proceeds (as such term is defined below) of such sales, as determined by Dealer, is equal to the absolute value of the Forward Cash Settlement Amount (such date, the “ Final Resale Date ”). If Counterparty is prohibited by law or by contract from disclosing all material non-public information known to Counterparty with respect to Counterparty and the Shares to any potential purchasers of such Settlement Shares, then the sale of such Settlement Shares shall not be required to commence until the earlier of (x) the 30th calendar day immediately following the Cash Settlement Payment Date and (y) the first date immediately following the Cash Settlement Payment Date on which Counterparty reasonably concludes that it is able to disclose such information. If the proceeds of any sale(s) made by Dealer, the Selling Agent or any underwriter(s), net of any commercially reasonable fees and commissions (including, without limitation, underwriting or placement fees) customary for similar transactions under the circumstances at the time of the offering, together with commercially reasonable carrying charges and expenses incurred in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares (including, without limitation, the covering of any over-allotment or short position (syndicate or otherwise)) (the “ Net Proceeds ”) exceed the absolute value of the Forward Cash Settlement Amount, Dealer will refund, in USD, such excess to Counterparty on the date that is three (3) Currency Business Days following the Final Resale Date, and, if any portion of the Settlement Shares remains unsold, Dealer shall return to Counterparty on that date such unsold Shares.
6.    If the Calculation Agent determines that the Net Proceeds received from the sale of the Registered Settlement Shares or Unregistered Settlement Shares or any Makewhole Shares, if any, pursuant to this paragraph 6 are less than the absolute value of the Forward Cash Settlement Amount (the amount in USD by which the Net Proceeds are less than the absolute value of the Forward Cash Settlement Amount being the “ Shortfall ” and the date on which such determination is made, the “ Deficiency Determination Date ”), Counterparty shall on the Exchange Business Day next succeeding the Deficiency Determination Date (the “ Makewhole Notice Date ”) deliver to Dealer, through the Selling Agent, a notice of Counterparty’s election that Counterparty shall either (i) pay an amount in cash equal to the Shortfall on the day that is one Currency Business Day after the Makewhole Notice Date, or (ii) deliver additional Shares. If Counterparty elects to deliver to Dealer additional Shares, then Counterparty shall deliver additional Shares in compliance with the terms and conditions of paragraph 3 or paragraph 4 above, as the case may be (the “ Makewhole Shares ”), on the first Clearance System Business Day which is also an Exchange Business Day following the Makewhole Notice Date in such number as the Calculation Agent reasonably believes would have a market value on that Exchange Business Day equal to the Shortfall. Such Makewhole Shares shall be sold by Dealer in accordance with the provisions above; provided that if the sum of the Net Proceeds from the sale of the originally delivered Shares and the Net Proceeds from the sale of any Makewhole Shares is less than the absolute value of the Forward Cash Settlement Amount then Counterparty shall, at its election, either make such cash payment or deliver to Dealer further Makewhole Shares until such Shortfall has been reduced to zero.
7.    Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the aggregate number of Settlement Shares for any Transaction be greater than the Reserved Shares minus the amount of any Shares actually delivered by Counterparty under any other Transaction under this Master Confirmation (the result of such calculation, the “ Capped Number ”). Counterparty represents and warrants (which shall be deemed to be repeated on each day that a Transaction is outstanding) that the Capped Number is equal to or less than the number of Shares determined according to the following formula:





A - B
Where
A =     the number of authorized but unissued shares of Counterparty that are not reserved for future issuance on the date of the determination of the Capped Number; and
B =     the maximum number of Shares required to be delivered to third parties if Counterparty elected Net Share Settlement of all transactions in the Shares (other than Transactions in the Shares under this Master Confirmation) with all third parties that are then currently outstanding and unexercised.
Reserved Shares ” means, for each Transaction, as set forth in the Supplemental Confirmation for such Transaction.
If at any time, as a result of this paragraph 7, Counterparty fails to deliver to Dealer any Settlement Shares, Counterparty shall, to the extent that Counterparty has at such time authorized but unissued Shares not reserved for other purposes, promptly notify Dealer thereof and deliver to Dealer a number of Shares not previously delivered as a result of this paragraph 7.






ANNEX B
COMMUNICATIONS PROCEDURES

October 26, 2015

I.     Introduction
Rambus, Inc. (“ Counterparty ”) and Citibank, N.A. (“ Dealer ”) have adopted these communications procedures (the “ Communications Procedures ”) in connection with entering into the Master Confirmation (the “ Master Confirmation ”), dated as of October 26, 2015, between Dealer and Counterparty relating to Uncollared Accelerated Share Repurchase transactions. These Communications Procedures supplement, form part of, and are subject to the Master Confirmation.
II.     Communications Rules
For each Transaction, from the Trade Date for such Transaction until the date all payments or deliveries of Shares have been made with respect to such Transaction, Counterparty and its Employees and Designees shall not engage in any Program-Related Communication with, or disclose any Material Non-Public Information to, any Trading Personnel. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, the Master Confirmation shall not limit Counterparty and its Employees and Designees in their communication with Affiliates and Employees of Dealer, including, without limitation, Employees who are Permitted Contacts.
III.     Termination
If, in the reasonable judgment of any Trading Personnel or any Affiliate or Employee of Dealer participating in any Communication with Counterparty or any Employee or Designee of Counterparty, such Communication would not be permitted by these Communications Procedures, such Trading Personnel or Affiliate or Employee of Dealer shall immediately terminate such Communication. In such case, or if such Trading Personnel or Affiliate or Employee of Dealer determines following completion of any Communication with Counterparty or any Employee or Designee of Counterparty that such Communication was not permitted by these Communications Procedures, such Trading Personnel or such Affiliate or Employee of Dealer shall promptly consult with his or her supervisors and with counsel for Dealer regarding such Communication. If, in the reasonable judgment of Dealer’s counsel following such consultation, there is more than an insignificant risk that such Communication could materially jeopardize the availability of the affirmative defenses provided in Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act with respect to any ongoing or contemplated activities of Dealer or its Affiliates in respect of any Transaction pursuant to the Master Confirmation, it shall be an Additional Termination Event pursuant to Section 19(a) of the Master Confirmation, with Counterparty as the sole Affected Party and all Transactions under the Master Confirmation as Affected Transactions.
IV.     Definitions
Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Master Confirmation. As used herein, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:
Communication ” means any contact or communication (whether written, electronic, oral or otherwise) between Counterparty or any of its Employees or Designees, on the one hand, and Dealer or any of its Affiliates or Employees, on the other hand.
Designee ” means a person designated, in writing or orally, by Counterparty to communicate with Dealer on behalf of Counterparty.
Permitted Contact ” means any of Peter Barna, Herman Hirsch and Dustin Sheppard or any of their designees; provided that Dealer may amend the list of Permitted Contacts by delivering a revised list of Permitted Contacts to Counterparty. (which amended list shall become effective on the third Exchange Business-Day immediately following delivery of such list by Dealer to Counterparty).
Trading Personnel ” means Henry Yeh and any other Employee of the public side of the Corporate Equity Derivatives Group of Dealer; provided that Dealer may amend the list of Trading Personnel by delivering a revised list of Trading Personnel to Counterparty (which amended list shall become effective on the third Exchange Business-Day immediately following delivery of such list by Dealer to Counterparty); and provided further that, for the avoidance of doubt, the persons listed as Permitted Contacts are not Trading Personnel.





Employee ” means, with respect to any entity, any owner, principal, officer, director, employee or other agent or representative of such entity, and any Affiliate of any of such owner, principal, officer, director, employee, agent or representative.
Material Non-Public Information ” means information relating to Counterparty or the Shares that (a) has not been widely disseminated by wire service, in one or more newspapers of general circulation, by communication from Counterparty to its shareowners or in a press release, or contained in a public filing made by Counterparty with the Securities and Exchange Commission and (b) a reasonable investor might consider to be of importance in making an investment decision to buy, sell or hold Shares. For the avoidance of doubt and solely by way of illustration, information should be presumed “material” if it relates to such matters as dividend increases or decreases, earnings estimates, changes in previously released earnings estimates, significant expansion or curtailment of operations, a significant increase or decline of orders, significant merger or acquisition proposals or agreements, significant new products or discoveries, extraordinary borrowing, major litigation, liquidity problems, extraordinary management developments, purchase or sale of substantial assets and similar matters.
Program-Related Communication ” means any Communication the subject matter of which relates to the Master Confirmation or any Transaction under the Master Confirmation or any activities of Dealer (or any of its Affiliates) in respect of the Master Confirmation or any Transaction under the Master Confirmation.






Exhibit 10.24
        
December 21, 2015


Kevin S. Donnelly
[***]

Re:
Terms of Separation
Dear Kevin:
This letter confirms the agreement between you and Rambus Inc. (“the Company”) concerning the terms of your separation and offers you the separation and transition benefits set forth below in exchange for a general release of claims and covenant not to sue (“Agreement”).

1. Separation Date; Transition Period and Services : If you enter into this Agreement, and it becomes effective, January 4, 2016 will be your last day of employment with the Company (the “Separation Date”).

2. Acknowledgment of Payment of Wages : On January 4, 2016, we will provide you a final paycheck for all wages, salary, bonuses, commissions, reimbursements of ESPP contributions, and/or accrued, unused vacation due to you from the Company as of the Separation Date. The Company will reimburse all reasonable expenses incurred in the normal course of business through the Separation Date pursuant to the terms of its expense reimbursement policy. You will receive all funds owed pursuant to this section regardless of whether or not you sign this Agreement. Your signature below is further acknowledgement that the Company does not owe you any other amounts.

3. Separation Benefits : In exchange for your agreement to the general release and waiver of claims and covenant not to sue set forth below, and your other promises herein, and after the Effective Date (as defined below) of this Agreement, the Company agrees to continue your employment on a transitional basis, and provide you with certain separation benefits, on the following terms:

a. Transition Period : Between now and the Separation Date (the “Transition Period”), you agree to abide by your ongoing obligations to the Company, including as described in Section 5 below, and to perform transition services as may reasonably be requested by the Company, including transition of the responsibilities, duties, and knowledge relative to your position (collectively, the “Transition Services”).

b. Transition Compensation and Benefits : During the Transition Period, the Company will continue to pay you your current base salary and you will continue to be eligible to participate in benefits customarily afforded to other similarly situated employees, including participation in the Company-sponsored health benefits plan, to the fullest extent allowed by the governing plan, agreements, or policies.

c. Severance : Provided that you comply with the terms and conditions of the Transition Period and carry out your Transition Services cooperatively, and otherwise comply fully with your obligations under this Agreement, on the Separation Date, the Company will pay you a lump sum payment of $265,000.00, less applicable state and federal tax payroll deductions, within ten (10) business days following the Separation Date.

d. COBRA : Upon your timely election to continue your existing health benefits under COBRA, and provided you are otherwise eligible pursuant to the terms of COBRA and the Company’s health insurance plan, the Company will pay the insurance premiums to continue your existing medical, dental, vision and Employee Assistance Program (EAP) health benefits for twelve (12) months following the Separation Date. If as an active employee you were enrolled in a flex spending plan, you can continue through COBRA, but you will be responsible for making the payments (on an after tax basis).
 
c.     Job Search Assistance . Upon your election of outplacement services within sixty (60) calendar days of the Separation Date, the Company will provide you twelve (12) months of outplacement assistance (from the date of your election) to assist you in your job search.
d.    By signing below, you acknowledge that you are receiving the separation benefits outlined in this Section 3 in consideration for waiving your rights to claims referred to in this agreement and that you are not otherwise entitled to the separation benefits.





4. Return of Company Property : You hereby warrant to the Company that no later than the Separation Date, you will return to the Company all property or data of the Company of any type whatsoever that has been in your possession or control.

5. Confidential Information . You hereby acknowledge that you are bound by the At Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the “ECIIA Agreement”), attached hereto as Exhibit A , and that as a result of your employment with the Company you had access to Confidential Information (as defined in the ECIIA Agreement), that you will hold all Confidential Information in strictest confidence and that you will not make use of such Confidential Information on behalf of anyone. You further confirm that you will deliver to the Company all documents and data of any nature containing or pertaining to such Confidential Information by no later than the Separation Date and that you will not take with you any such documents or data or any reproduction thereof.

6. General Release and Waiver of Claims :

a. The payments and promises set forth in this agreement are in full satisfaction of all accrued salary, vacation pay, bonus and commission pay, profit sharing, stock options or other ownership interest in the Company, termination benefits or other compensation to which you may be entitled by virtue of your employment with the Company or your separation from the Company. To the fullest extent permitted by law, you hereby release and waive any other claims you may have against the Company and its owners, agents, officers, shareholders, employees, directors, attorneys, subscribers, subsidiaries, affiliates (including, without limitation, Rambus Delaware LLC), successors and assigns (collectively “Releasees”), whether known or not known, including, without limitation, claims under any employment laws, including, but not limited to, claims of unlawful discharge, breach of contract, breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing, fraud, violation of public policy, defamation, physical injury, emotional distress, claims for additional compensation or benefits arising out of your employment or your separation of employment, claims under Title VII of the 1964 Civil Rights Act, as amended, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, and any other laws and/or regulations relating to employment or employment discrimination, including, without limitation, claims based on age or under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act or Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, and/or claims based on disability or under the Americans with Disabilities Act. You further agree that any claims you may have for money damages, loss of wages, earnings, commission, bonuses and benefits, stock options or other ownership interests in the Company, medical expenses, attorneys’ fees and costs, reinstatement and other equitable relief, are waived and forever released by you under this Agreement.

b. By signing below, you expressly waive any benefits of Section 1542 of the Civil Code of the State of California, which provides as follows:

“A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.”
c.     You are not releasing claims that you may not release as a matter of law, including but not limited to claims for indemnity under California Labor Code section 2802 or any claims to enforce this Agreement. To the fullest extent permitted by law, any dispute regarding the scope of this general release shall be determined by an arbitrator under the procedures set forth in the arbitration clause below.
7. Covenant Not to Sue :

a.    To the fullest extent permitted by law, at no time subsequent to the execution of this Agreement will you pursue, or cause or knowingly permit the prosecution, in any state, federal or foreign court, or before any local, state, federal or foreign administrative agency, or any other tribunal, any charge, claim or action of any kind, nature and character whatsoever, known or unknown, which you may now have, have ever had, or may in the future have against Releasees, which is based in whole or in part on any matter covered by this Agreement.
b.    Nothing in this section shall prohibit you from filing a charge or complaint with a government agency where, as a matter of law, the parties may not restrict your ability to file such administrative complaints. You further understand and agree that, by entering into this Agreement, you are releasing any and all individual claims for relief, and that any and all subsequent disputes between you and the Company shall be resolved through arbitration as provided below.





c.    Nothing in this section shall prohibit or impair you or the Company from complying with all applicable laws, nor shall this Agreement be construed to obligate either party to commit (or aid or abet in the commission of) any unlawful act.
8.     Nondisparagement : You agree that you will not disparage Releasees or their products, services, agents, representatives, directors, officers, shareholders, attorneys, employees, vendors, affiliates, successors or assigns, or any person acting by, through, under or in concert with any of them, with any written or oral statement. Nothing in this section shall prohibit you from lawfully providing truthful information in response to a subpoena or other legal process.
9.     Arbitration : Except for any claim for injunctive relief arising out of a breach of a party’s obligations to protect the other’s proprietary information, the parties agree to arbitrate, in Santa Clara County, California through JAMS, any and all disputes or claims arising out of or related to the validity, enforceability, interpretation, performance or breach of this Agreement, whether sounding in tort, contract, statutory violation or otherwise, or involving the construction or application or any of the terms, provisions, or conditions of this Agreement. Any arbitration may be initiated by a written demand to the other party. The arbitrator's decision shall be final, binding, and conclusive. The parties further agree that this Agreement is intended to be strictly construed to provide for arbitration as the sole and exclusive means for resolution of all disputes hereunder to the fullest extent permitted by law. The parties expressly waive any entitlement to have such controversies decided by a court or a jury.
10.     Attorneys’ Fees : Except as prohibited by law, if any action is brought to enforce the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses from the other party, in addition to any other relief to which the prevailing party may be entitled.
11.     Confidentiality : You agree that the contents, terms and conditions of this Agreement must be kept confidential by you and may not be disclosed except to your immediate family members, accountants or attorneys, or pursuant to subpoena or court order. You further agree that if asked for information concerning this Agreement, you will state only that you and the Company reached an amicable resolution of any disputes concerning your separation from the Company. Any breach of this confidentiality provision shall be deemed a material breach of this Agreement.
12.     No Admission of Liability : This Agreement is not and shall not be construed or contended by you to be an admission or evidence of any wrongdoing or liability on the part of Releasees, their representatives, heirs, executors, attorneys, agents, partners, officers, directors, employees, subsidiaries, affiliates, directors, successors or assigns. This Agreement shall be afforded the maximum protection allowable under California Evidence Code Section 1152 and/or any other state or federal provisions of similar effect.
13.     Entire Agreement : This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between you and Releasees with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior negotiations and agreements, whether written or oral, relating to such subject matter other than the ECIIA Agreement referred to in Section 5 above. You acknowledge that neither Releasees nor their agents or attorneys have made any promise, representation or warranty whatsoever, either express or implied, written or oral, which is not contained in this Agreement for the purpose of inducing you to execute the Agreement, and you acknowledge that you have executed this Agreement in reliance only upon such promises, representations and warranties as are contained herein.
14.     Severability : The provisions of this Agreement are severable, and if any part of it is found to be invalid or unenforceable, the other parts shall remain fully valid and enforceable. Specifically, should a court, arbitrator, or government agency conclude that a particular claim may not be released as a matter of law, it is the intention of the parties that the general release, the waiver of unknown claims and the covenant not to sue above shall otherwise remain effective to release any and all other claims.
15.     Modification; Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures : It is expressly agreed that this Agreement may not be altered, amended, modified, or otherwise changed in any respect except by another written agreement that specifically refers to this Agreement, executed by authorized representatives of each of the parties to this Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Execution of a facsimile copy shall have the same force and effect as execution of an original and a copy of a signature will be equally admissible in any legal proceeding as an original.
16.     Time To Review Agreement; Right to Revoke; Knowing and Voluntary Agreement; Expiration of Offer : You understand that you may take up to twenty-one (21) days to review this Agreement and, by signing below, affirm that you were advised to consult with an attorney prior to signing this Agreement. You also understand you may revoke this Agreement within





seven (7) days of signing this document and that the separation benefits to be provided to you pursuant to Section 3 will be provided only at the end of that seven (7) day revocation period without revocation by you. By signing this Agreement, you knowingly and voluntarily agree to all the terms set forth in this Agreement and further acknowledge that you are executing this Agreement voluntarily, free of any duress or coercion. If not accepted within the review period set forth in this section, this offer of benefits automatically expires.
17.     Effective Date : This Agreement is effective on the eighth (8th) day after you sign it and without revocation by you as provided in Section 16 (the “Effective Date”).
18.     Governing Law : This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.
If you agree to abide by the terms outlined in this Agreement, please sign this letter below and return it to me. I wish you the best in your future endeavors.

Sincerely,

Rambus Inc.

        


By:     /s/ Paul Valentino                 
Paul Valentino
Vice President, Human Resources

BY SIGNING BELOW, I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT I HAVE READ THIS AGREEMENT CAREFULLY, I UNDERSTAND THIS AGREEMENT CONTAINS A GENERAL RELEASE, AND I AGREE TO ITS TERMS.


/s/ Kevin S. Donnelly                              12/21/15         
Kevin S. Donnelly                            Date










Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF REGISTRANT

Rambus Delaware LLC    
Rambus Deutschland GmbH (Germany)
Rambus International Ltd.
Rambus K.K. (Japan)
Rambus Ltd. (Grand Cayman Islands, BWI)
Rambus Chip Technologies (India) Private Limited
Rambus Korea, Inc. (Korea)
Rambus France
Rambus Global Inc.
Cryptography Research, Inc.
Unity Semiconductor Corporation
Mozaik Multimedia, Inc.






Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-28597, 333-38855, 333-67457, 333-93427, 333-48730, 333-52158, 333-86140, 333-103789, 333-115015, 333-124513, 333-146770, 333-159516, 333-181072, 333-191432, 333-195656 and 333-203708) of Rambus Inc. of our report dated February 19, 2016 relating to the consolidated financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10‑K.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California
February 19, 2016






Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14(A) AND RULE 15D-14(A)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Ronald Black, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Rambus Inc.;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date:
February 19, 2016
 
 
By:
/s/ Ronald Black
Name:
Ronald Black, Ph.D.
Title:
Chief Executive Officer and President





Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14(A) AND RULE 15D-14(A)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Satish Rishi, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Rambus Inc.;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date:
February 19, 2016
 
 
By:
/s/ Satish Rishi
Name:
Satish Rishi
Title:
Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer





Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Ronald Black, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report of Rambus Inc. on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and that information contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Rambus Inc.
Date: February 19, 2016
By:
/s/ Ronald Black
Name:
Ronald Black, Ph.D.
Title:
Chief Executive Officer and President





Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Satish Rishi, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report of Rambus Inc. on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and that information contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Rambus Inc.
Date: February 19, 2016
By:
/s/ Satish Rishi
Name:
Satish Rishi
Title:
Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer